Advertisement, Proposal, Contract Documents General Conditions and Specifications For The

City of Dothan, Alabama Sludge Dewatering Facility Upgrade Little Choctawhatchee Wastewater Treatment Facility City of Dothan Bid No. 14-082 Mayor Mike Schmitz Commissioners Kevin Dorsey Amos Newsome Albert Kirkland John D. Ferguson Susan Anderson Hamp Baxley City Manager Michael K. West Dothan Utilities Director Billy R. Mayes, P.E.

Operations Superintendent Angie Jay, P.E.

POLYENGINEERING, INC. Architecture. Engineering. Solutions. Post Office Box 837 (36302) 1935 Headland Avenue Dothan, Alabama 36303 334-793-4700 Fax 334-793-9015

September 2014 REVISED DECEMBER 2014 Job No. 12-346

SECTION 00020 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS BID NO. 14-082 Separate sealed bids will be received by The City of Dothan at the City Commission Chambers located at 126 North Saint Andrews Street, Room 201, Dothan, Alabama on the second floor of the Roy Driggers Municipal Building/Civic Center until 2:00 p.m. CST, Monday, December 29, 2014 for Sludge Dewatering Facility Upgrade – Little Choctawhatchee Wastewater Treatment Facility, generally consisting of two (2) screw presses, sludge pumps, polymer feed system, controls, SCADA, etc., at which time and place they will be publicly opened and read. A mandatory pre-bid conference is scheduled for 1:00 p.m. CST, on Thursday, December 18, 2014. The conference will be held at Office of Dothan Utilities, 200 Kilgore Drive, Dothan, Alabama 36301. You must attend this pre-bid conference to be allowed to submit a bid. A cashier=s check or bid bond payable to The City of Dothan, Alabama in an amount not less than five (5) percent of the amount of the bid, but in no event more than $10,000, must accompany the bidder=s proposal. Performance and Payment Bonds and evidence of insurance required in the bid documents will be required at the signing of the Contract. Drawings and specifications may be examined at the office of The City of Dothan, Dothan Utilities/Water, 200 Kilgore Drive, Dothan, Alabama, 36301 and the Office of Polyengineering, Inc., 1935 Headland Avenue, Dothan, Alabama, 36303. Bid documents may be obtained electronically via download of the plans and specifications from http://bids.polyengineering.com at no cost or may be obtained from the Engineer upon deposit of $100.00 per set, which will be refunded in full to each general contract bidder submitting a bonafide bid, upon return of documents in good condition within ten (10) days of bid date. Other sets for general contractors, and sets for subcontractors and vendors or dealers, may be obtained with the same deposit, which will be refunded as above, less cost of printing, reproduction, handling, and distribution. Bids must be submitted on proposal forms furnished by the Engineer or copies thereof. All bidders bidding in amounts exceeding that established by the State Licensing Board for General Contractors must be licensed under the provisions of Title 34, Chapter 8, Code of Alabama, 1975, and must show evidence of license before bidding or bid will not be received or considered by the Owner; the bidder shall show such evidence by clearly displaying his or her current license number on the outside of the sealed envelope in which the proposal is delivered. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive technical errors if, in the Owner=s judgment, the best interests of the Owner will thereby be promoted. Nonresidential bidders must accompany any written bid documents with a written opinion of an attorney at law licensed to practice law in such nonresident bidder=s state of domicile, as to the preferences, if any or none, granted by the law of that state to its own business entities whose principal places of business are in that state in the letting of any or all public contracts.

The City of Dothan (Awarding Authority)

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

Polyengineering, Inc. (Engineer)

00020 - 1

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Please read carefully as changes have been made. Revised 6/26/14

Please Read, Sign and Return the Acknowledgement with Bid

1.

Section 11-43-12 of the Code of Alabama, 1975, prohibits elected officials, officers or employees of a municipality from being directly or indirectly involved in business with the municipality. This law has been interpreted by the Attorney General’s Office of the State of Alabama to include employees and their spouses. If you are a city employee or a spouse of a city employee, you may not be eligible to bid. If you or your spouse, as city employees, are stockholders in a family held business that is attempting to bid on a city contract, you may not be eligible to bid. Exceptions do exist so contact the City of Dothan Purchasing Agent, Charlotte Langford; at (334) 615-3154 should you have questions and need clarification.

2.

Any Contractor desiring to bid on any work for the City of Dothan as set forth in, and in the amount established by “The State of Alabama Licensing Board For General Contractors”, (to include future amendments), shall be licensed by the State of Alabama.

3.

Each bid must be submitted in a separate sealed envelope addressed to the Purchasing Agent, City of Dothan, P. O. Box 2128, Dothan, Alabama 36302. Hand delivered bids should be delivered to Purchasing Agent, City of Dothan, 126 N St Andrews Street, Suite 213, Dothan, AL 36303. FAXED or EMAILED bids will not be accepted. All bidders must use our bid form and show on the OUTSIDE of the envelope the bid number, item, department and opening date. Any bid received after the bid opening date and time will not be opened or considered. If your bid is a “NO BID”, please indicate it on the outside of your mailing envelope. Provide an original and one copy of your bid (unless noted otherwise).

4.

All bid openings are open to the public and will be held in the City Commission Chambers located at 126 North Saint Andrews Street, Dothan, Alabama on the second floor of the Roy Drigger’s Municipal Building/Civic Center. A pre-bid conference may be requested to review and answer any pertinent questions concerning the bid and the specifications. Pre-bid conferences will be held at the location indicated on the bid invitation.

5.

The City of Dothan provides equal opportunities for all businesses and does not discriminate against any vendor regardless of race, color, creed, sex, national origin, or handicap in consideration for an award.

00025-1

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – Continued 6.

The attached specifications are being provided to potential bidders as guidelines, which describe the type and quality of equipment, supply, and/or service the City of Dothan is seeking to specification item for consideration. Failure to comply with this provision could be cause for rejection of the bid.

7.

The name of a certain brand, make, manufacturer, or definite specification is to denote the quality standard of the article desired but does not restrict the bidder on the specified brand, make, manufacturer or specification names. It is set forth to convey the general style, type, character, and quality of the article desired by the City of Dothan. Whenever the words “or approved equal” appear in the specifications, they shall be interpreted to mean an item of material or equipment similar to that named, and which is suited to the same use as that named and which is approved by the Purchasing Department. Vendor shall incur all cost involved in obtaining an Independent Laboratory Test if the City of Dothan deems necessary. Should a vendor feel he has an “equal or better” alternate product/good, the vendor may bid that alternate. However, the vendor should be aware that the City may or may/not accept the alternate.

8.

It will be assumed that all bids are based upon the specifications unless the bidder stipulated to the contrary on the proposal form; in which case, the bidder shall point out in detail any and all deviations from the specifications. Bidders having items, which do not meet the specifications, may offer the same on an optional basis.

9.

If it becomes necessary to revise any part of this, an addendum will be posted the City of Dothan website at www.ebidexchange.com/dothan. The City of Dothan is not bound by any oral representations, clarifications, or changes made in the written specifications by the City’s employees, unless such clarification of change is provided to bidders in written addendum form from the Purchasing Agent.

10.

When new equipment is stipulated, the bidder shall guarantee that the units submitted for their bid shall be new, and of the latest and most improved model of the current production, and shall be of first quality as to workmanship and materials used in said units. All modification shall be made at the factory. Equipment shall not have been operated for any purpose other than routine operational testing. Demonstrators will not be accepted.

11.

All bids shall be typewritten or in ink on the form(s) prepared by the City. Bids prepared in pencil will not be accepted. All proposals must be signed by officials of the corporation or company duly authorized to sign bids. Any bid submitted without being signed will automatically be rejected.

12.

All corrections or erasures shall be initialed and dated by the person authorized to sign bids. If there are discrepancies between unit prices quoted and extensions, the unit price will prevail. 00025-2

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – Continued 13.

Prices quoted shall be delivered prices, exclusive of all federal or state excise, sales and manufacturer’s taxes. The City will assume no transportation or handling charges other than specified in this bid. The City of Dothan is tax exempt by law – Code of Alabama – Title 40, Section 24, Sub. Section 4, Paragraph 11.

14.

Prices quoted to the City of Dothan shall remain firm for a minimum of 60 days from the date of opening of the bid, unless so stated differently in the bid.

15.

Bids may be amended or withdrawn by the vendor or his authorized representative, up until the scheduled opening time; no bid may be amended thereafter regardless of the circumstances.

16.

The delivery schedule must be entered in the appropriate space in order for the bid to be considered. If all items cannot be delivered on the same schedule, please note variances.

17.

A 24-hour notice is to be given when material is delivered to the Dothan Utilities Department. Receiving hours for material delivered to the Dothan Utilities Department are to be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m. Major material delivered to the City’s Dothan Utilities Department shall be single stacked on an open trailer. Shipments not in compliance will be refused. The Supervisor of Stores and Warehouse must approve exceptions to this requirement prior to shipment and can be reached at (334) 615-3300.

18.

The City of Dothan is to be protected against any increase above the price in the bid. Any bid containing an “Escalator Clause” will not be considered unless so stipulated in the Invitation to Bid.

19.

The bidder shall assume full responsibility for warranty of all components of the equipment. The manufacturer’s standard warranty shall be enclosed.

20.

The City of Dothan reserves the right to request a demonstration of any and all items bid before making the award.

21.

Termination of Contract: The City of Dothan may terminate the contract, in whole or in part, without showing cause upon giving at least a thirty (30) days written notice to the contractor. The City and the contractor may agree upon reasonable termination costs to be paid to the contractor which amount shall include payment for goods or services delivered and accepted up to the date of termination.

00025-3

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – Continued

22.

The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all items covered in the request, or any portion(s) thereof: waive formalities, re-advertise and/or take such other steps decreed necessary and in the best interest of the City. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any proposals within a bid when they are deemed to be in the best interest of the City.

23.

All items bid will be inspected by a representative of the City of Dothan upon delivery to ascertain compliance with specifications. Items not in compliance with the specifications will be rejected until proper remedial measures are taken to assure compliance.

24.

Bidders may be disqualified and rejection of proposals may be recommended to for any of (but not limited to) the following causes: a.

Failure to use the bid forms furnished by the City of Dothan.

b.

Lack of signature by an authorized representative on the bid form.

c.

Failure to properly complete the bid form and vendor compliance.

d.

Evidence of collusion among bidders.

e.

Unauthorized alteration of the bid form.

25.

The City of Dothan assumes no legal liability to purchase items or services under any annual/semi-annual contract until funds are appropriated for that particular fiscal year.

26.

Any actual or prospective bidder, offerer, or contractor who is allegedly aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may protest. The protest will be submitted in writing to the Purchasing Agent within seven (7) days after such aggrieved person knows or should have known of the facts given rise thereto. If the protest is not resolved by mutual agreements, the Purchasing Agent will promptly issue a decision in writing to the Protestant and any other party intervening. If the Protestant wishes to appeal the decision rendered by the Purchasing Agent, such appeal must be made to the governing body, through the Purchasing Agent. The decisions of the governing body will be final.

27.

Any business having nexus in the City of Dothan shall obtain a City of Dothan business license prior to bid award.

00025-4

28.

Should a vendor decide not to honor a contract, the City of Dothan has the right to re-bid the item or take the second low bid.

29.

Before a federally funded bid is awarded, the bidder must be registered at www.Sam.gov.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE ABOVE INSTRUCTIONS ISE. I ALSO CERTIFY THAT UPON AWARD OF THIS BID, I WILL NOT SUBSTITUTE ANY ITEMS ON THIS BID UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.

_____________________________________

____________________________________

Signature of Bidder

Name of Bidder (Typed or Printed

Vendor in violation shall be subject to debarment from bidding on future City of Dothan Invitations for Bid.

00025-5

Acknowledgement of Compliance With Section 11-43-12 Code of Alabama 1975 (General Instructions to Bidders and Resolution)

I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand Sec 11-43-12 Code of Alabama 1975 and acknowledge that my business is in compliance with said Code of Alabama.

Vendors’ in violation of the aforementioned code of Alabama 1975 shall be subject to debarment from bidding on future City of Dothan Invitations for bid.

_____________________________________

____________________________________

Signature of Bidder

Name of Bidder (Typed or Printed)

00025-6

ALABAMA IMMIGRATION LAW

Bidders must comply with Section 31-13-9, Code of Alabama 1975. If the bidder employs persons in the State of Alabama, then the bidder must provide documentation that they are enrolled in the E-Verify program along with the bid. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) entered into between the contractor/business and the Department of Homeland Security to use the E-Verify system will suffice as sufficient documentation of enrollment. Any subcontractors who work with general contractors who have been awarded contracts by the City must be enrolled in E-Verify. The general contractor should be aware of this requirement and have a system for assuring compliance. However, the City is not responsible for assuring a subcontractor’s compliance.

The award of the contract is conditioned on the bidder not knowingly employing, hiring for employment or continuing to employ an unauthorized alien within the State of Alabama.

“By signing this contract, the contracting parties affirm, for the duration of the agreement, that they will not violate federal immigration law or knowingly employ, hire for employment or continue to employ an unauthorized alien within the State of Alabama. Furthermore, a contracting party found to be in violation of this provision shall be deemed in breach of the agreement and shall be responsible for all damages resulting therefrom.”

Name of Contractor

Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor

Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor

Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent

00025-7

SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINED TERMS. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1.01

Bidder - The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner.

1.02 Successful Bidder - The lowest, responsible Bidder submitting a responsive bid to whom Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award.

ARTICLE 2 - COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS. 2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Engineer. The deposit or a portion thereof will be refunded to each document holder of record who returns a complete set of Bidding Documents in good condition within ten (10) days after opening of Bids. 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.03 Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use.

ARTICLE 3 - QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS. 3.01 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must be prepared to submit within five (5) days of Owner's request written evidence such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments and other such data as may be called for below (or in the Supplementary Instructions). Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-1

ARTICLE 4 - EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE. 4.01

Subsurface and Physical Conditions A.

B.

4.02

1.

Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site, if any, that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents.

2.

Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents.

Copies of reports and drawings referenced in paragraph 4.01.A will be made available by OWNER to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the “technical data” contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any “technical data” or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings.

Underground Facilities A.

4.03

Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of:

Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information and data furnished to OWNER and ENGINEER by owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or others. ENGINEER assumes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information furnished by said owners.

Hazardous Environmental Condition A.

The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bid Documents.

B.

Copies of reports and drawings referenced in paragraph 4.03.A will be made available by OWNER to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the “technical data” contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in paragraph 4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any “technical data” or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-2

4.04 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated conditions appear in paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of Work appear in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. 4.05 On request, OWNER will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. 4.06 Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general nature of other work that is to be performed at the Site by OWNER or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work for which a Bid is to be submitted. On request, OWNER will provide to each Bidder for examination access to or copies of Contract Documents (other than portions thereof related to price) for each other work. 4.07

It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A.

examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, including any Addenda and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents;

B.

visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.

C.

become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work;

D.

carefully study all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and carefully study all reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the Site which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions;

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-3

E.

obtain and carefully study (or assume responsibility for doing so) all examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto;

F.

agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents;

G.

become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents;

H.

correlate the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents;

I.

promptly give ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder; and

J.

determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work.

4.08 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents, that Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by ENGINEER are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work.

ARTICLE 5 - MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE. 5.01 A pre-Bid conference will be held at the Office of Dothan Utilities, 200 Kilgore Drive, Dothan, Alabama 36301 on December 18, 2014 at 1:00 p.m., CST. Representatives of OWNER and ENGINEER will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are required to attend and participate

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-4

in the conference. ENGINEER will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as ENGINEER considers necessary to response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective.

ARTICLE 6 - SITE AND OTHER AREAS. 6.01 The site is identified in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents.

ARTICLE 7 - INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to ENGINEER in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by ENGINEER as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or ENGINEER.

ARTICLE 8 - BID SECURITY. 8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to OWNER in an amount of 5% of Bidder’s maximum Bid price but in no event more than $10,000.00 and in the form of a cashier’s check or a Bid Bond on the form attached issued by a surety meeting the requirements of paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions. 8.02 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid security of the next two lowest Bidders may be retained by OWNER until the Contract Bonds and Contract of the successful Bidder have been properly executed and approved. 8.03 Bid security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-5

ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT TIMES. 9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be (a) Substantially Completed and (b) also completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement.

ARTICLE 10 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement.

ARTICLE 11 - SUBSTITUTE AND “OR-EQUAL” ITEMS. 11.01 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or “or-equal” items. Whenever it is specified or described in the Bidding Documents that a substitute or “or-equal” item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to ENGINEER, application for such acceptance will not be considered by ENGINEER until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by ENGINEER is set forth in the General Conditions and may be supplement in the General Requirements.

ARTICLE 12 - SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS. 12.01 If OWNER requests the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance of the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided for in paragraph 6.06.B.1) of the Supplementary Conditions, the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within seven (7) days after receipt of a written request from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, submit to OWNER a list of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity if requested by OWNER. If OWNER or ENGINEER, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity, OWNER may, before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit a substitute, in which case apparent Successful Bidder shall submit an acceptable substitute, Bidder’s Bid price will be increased (or decreased) by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and OWNER may consider such price adjustment in evaluating Bids and making the contract award. 12.02 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, OWNER may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-6

listed and against which OWNER or ENGINEER makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions. 12.03 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.

ARTICLE 13 - PREPARATION OF BID. 13.01 The bid form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies may be obtained from ENGINEER. 13.02 All blanks on the Bid form shall be completed by printing in ink or by typewriter and the Bid signed. A Bid price shall be indicated for each section, Bid item, alternative, adjustment unit price item, and unit price item listed therein, or the words “No Bid”, “No Change”, or “Not Applicable” entered. 13.03 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vicepresident or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. 13.04 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 13.05 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm must be shown below the signature. 13.06 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder’s name and official address. 13.07 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid form. The official address of the joint venture must be shown below the signature. 13.08 All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signature. 13.09 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid form. 13.10 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-7

13.11 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder’s authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located. Bidder’s state contractor license number for the state of the project, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid form.

ARTICLE 14 - BASIS OF BID; EVALUATION OF BIDS. 14.01 Unit Price A.

Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid schedule.

B.

The total of all estimated prices will be determined as the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the unit price Bid for the item. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions.

C.

Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words.

14.02 The Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for overhead and profit on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents as provided in paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. 14.03 When completion times are not set forth in the agreement but instead are to be specified by the BIDDER. Bid prices will be compared after adjusting for differences in the time designated by Bidders for Substantial Completion. The adjusting amount will be determined at the rate set forth in the Contract Documents for liquidated damages for failing to achieve Substantial Completion for each day before or after the desired date appearing in Article 9.

ARTICLE 15 - SUBMITTAL OF BID. 15.01 A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name, address and contractor’s license number of the Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on the outside with the notation “BID ENCLOSED.” A mailed Bid shall be addressed to The Purchasing Agent, City of Dothan, 126 North Saint Andrews St., P.O. Box 2128 (36302), Dothan, Alabama 36303 that includes the Bid Number, Item, Department and opening date.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-8

ARTICLE 16 - MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID. 16.01 A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. 16.02 If within three (3) working days after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with OWNER and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid, and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid, that Bidder will be disqualified from 1) further bidding on the Work, and 2) doing any work on the Contract, either as a subcontractor or in any other capacity.

ARTICLE 17 - OPENING OF BIDS. 17.01 Bid opening shall be public, on the date and time specified on the Bid form. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to assure that his bid is delivered at the proper time and place. Offers by telegram, facsimile or telephone are not acceptable. 17.02 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to Bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. A tabulation of the amounts of Bids will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids.

ARTICLE 18 - BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. 18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid form. All bid guaranties, except those of the three lowest bona fide bidders, shall be returned immediately after issuance by the ENGINEER of the Bid Tabulation. The Bid guaranties of the three lowest bidders shall be returned as soon as the contract bonds and the contract of the successful bidder have been properly executed and approved. The OWNER may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period.

ARTICLE 19 - AWARD OF CONTRACT. 19.01 OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, non-responsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. OWNER further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to be nonresponsible. OWNER may also reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. OWNER also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-9

19.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. 19.03 In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 19.04 In evaluating Bidders, OWNER will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 19.05 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19.06 If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will award the Contract to the Bidder whose Bid is in the best interests of the Project.

ARTICLE 20 - CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE. 20.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth OWNER’s requirements as to performance and payment Bonds and insurance. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER, it must be accompanied by such Bonds.

ARTICLE 21 - SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. 21.01 When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within 15 days thereafter, Successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER. Within ten days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Successful Bidder with a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification.

ARTICLE 22 - SALES TAX FORM 22.01 Upon award of the Contract by the OWNER, the successful Bidder shall complete the following ABC Form C-3 Sales Tax and submit to the OWNER along with the required executed contract documents enclosed herein. The sales tax amount shall be based off the materials purchased and delivered to the site multiplied by a sales tax rate of nine (9.0) percent. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-10

ARTICLE 23 - ALABAMA’S NEW SALES TAX EXEMPTION PROCEDURE FOR CONTRACTS CONTAINING MATERIALS / EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2014 23.01 Act 2013-205 granted the Alabama Department of Revenue the authority to issue certifications of exemption from sales tax to contractors for work on certain governmental construction projects, beginning January 1, 2014. The exemption applies to the purchase of building materials and construction materials to be used in the construction of a building or other projects (including water lines, storm drain lines and water wells) for the City of Dothan with the exception of any highway, road, or bridge project. 23.02 This new law allows the City to submit an application for the contract to be registered as tax exempt. Once that is done, each of the contractors and sub-contractors must also apply for exemption certificates. Once the required paperwork is filed and exemption certificates are issued to the contractors, the contractors can pay for the materials without going through the City and a special bank account. 23.03 The City of Dothan will: 1) Submit the EXC-01 application for sales and use tax certificate of exemption to the Department of Revenue for approval. 2) Include the form Accounting of Sales Tax attachment C-3 in our public works bid invitation packages for the sales tax exemption estimate 3) Disallow any bid that does not include the required information (form C-3) 4) Submit a copy of the approved contract to the department of revenue. 23.04 The Contractor and sub-contractors shall: 1) Be licensed by the State of Alabama prior to contract award. 2) Provide a copy of the contract showing they were awarded the bid in addition to a list of all subcontractors working on the project to the Department of Revenue. In the event that the list of subcontractors changes, the General Contractor is required to notify the Department within 30 days of changes. 3) Apply per project to the Department of Revenue for a sales and use tax certificate of exemption (form STEC-1), after the City of Dothan has applied, which will be when contract is awarded and signed. The general contractor and every subcontractor working on the project will be required to apply for exemption certificate for each project. Email the completed form to [email protected]. 4) Department of Revenue approves or denies the form. 5) Maintain an accurate cost accounting of the purchases and use of the tax exempt property used in the construction project. Report all exempt purchases to the Department of Revenue on their monthly consumers use tax return. Reporting is a prerequisite to renewal of certificate of exemption for the contractor. 23.05 Penalties: The Department of Revenue may assess any contractor with sales and use taxes on items not properly accounted for. Intentional misuse of the sales tax exemption by a contractor may be subject

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-11

to civil penalty in the amount of a minimum of $2,000 or two times any sales and use tax due for property and the contractor may be barred from use of the exemption certificate for up to two years. 23.06 Contact Information Department of Revenue: The completed application and copy of the contract for each project can be scanned and e-mailed or mailed to the address below: E-mail Info: Traci Floyd [email protected] Mailing Info: Alabama Department of Revenue Sales and Use Tax Division P.O. Box 327710 Montgomery, AL 36132 23.07 Failure of Contractor to Perform Requirements: Should a contractor fail to perform his requirements for the sales tax exemption, the contractor cannot come back and demand payment from the City of Dothan. If the contractor does not behave in good faith, the contractor is subject to penalty and no tax exemption will be approved for his company for up to two years. 23.08 The City of Dothan will not be responsible for sales taxes previously exempted due to a contractor or sub-contractor's misuse of the sales tax exemption.

END OF SECTION 00100. Attachments: ABC Form C-3A-Sales Tax Form ST: EXC-01 Application for Sales and Use Tax Certificate of Exemption

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

00100-12

00100-13

00100-14

00100-15

SECTION 00300 BID PROPOSAL

Place Date Project No.

12-346

Proposal of (hereinafter called "Bidder") *a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of , *a partnership, or an individual doing business as to The City of Dothan, Alabama (hereinafter called "Owner"). 1.01

The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the Bid Price and within the Bid Times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.

2.01

BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of Bid Opening. BIDDER will sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements within fifteen (15) days after the date of OWNER's Notice of Award.

3.01

In submitting this Bid, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that: A.

BIDDER has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged: (List Addenda by Addendum Number and Date)

00300-1

B.

BIDDER has visited the site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance of the Work;

C.

BIDDER is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance of the Work.

D.

BIDDER has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site, if any, and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, which has been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions.

E.

Bidder has obtained and carefully studies (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.

F.

Bidder does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.

G.

BIDDER is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by OWNER and others at the site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents.

H.

BIDDER has correlated the information known to BIDDER, information and observations obtained from visits to the site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data with the Bidding Documents.

00300-2

I.

BIDDER has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflict, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies that BIDDER has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to BIDDER

J.

The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted.

4.0

BIDDER’S CERTIFICATION: This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over OWNER.

4.01

The Form of Noncollusion Affidavit included in the specifications is to become part of the Contract Documents.

5.01

Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans for the following price(s):

00300-3

BID SCHEDULE SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE OF THE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY CITY OF DOTHAN, ALABAMA DOTHAN BID NUMBER: 14-082

A. BASE BID NOTE:

BIDS SHALL NOT INCLUDE SALES TAX . ALL OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES AND FEES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID PRICES.

NO.

EST. QTY. AND UNIT

1.

Lump Sum

ITEM

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

DESCRIPTION

UNIT PRICE

TOTAL PRICE

Mobilization To and From Project Site (Maximum 5% of the Bid); Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Bonds and Insurance (Maximum 2% of the Bid); Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

On-Site Training As Specified For Sludge Dewatering Screw Presses, Polymer Feed Systems, Seepex Pumps, Controls, Etc.; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Removal of Existing Belt Press Unit From Sludge Building and Dispose Of; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Removal of Dry Feed Polymer System, Miscellaneous Piping, Valves, Meters, Etc. From Sludge Building and Dispose Of; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Removal of Existing Grating (Belt Press Area) and Dispose Of and Modify Concrete Floor As Detailed; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Removal of Existing Piping, Fittings, and Valves in Sludge Building As Detailed and Dispose Of; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

00300-4

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Lump Sum

Install New Piping, Valves, Flow Meters, Etc. in Sludge Building As Required To Deliver Sludge, Polymer, Re-Use Water, Air Piping, Drain Piping, Etc. to the Existing Belt Press and New Screw Presses; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

2 Ea. of Liquid Feed Polymer Systems, Skid Mounted with Pumps, Motors, SCADA, Controls, Electrical, Piping, Valves, Fittings, Etc. As Required To Make Units Operational; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

2 Ea. of Sludge Dewatering Screw Presses As Specified (Type: _________) To Include Piping, Valves, Fittings, Performance Testing and Guaranteed Performance Criteria, Electrical, Controls, Concrete Footings, Structural Support Members and Design, Testing, Start-Up, SCADA Coordination; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Removal Of Existing Piping, Valves, Fittings, Flow Meters, Pumps, Etc. in Pump Building and Dispose Of As Specified; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Furnish and Install Two (2) New Seepex Progressive Cavity Pumps, Motors and Skid, Piping, Valves, Fittings, Flow Meters, Controls, Electrical, Pipe Supports, Etc. As Required In Pump Building; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Electrical/Mechanical Modifications to Pump Building; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

Furnish Forklift Truck to Site in Accordance with Specifications; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

00300-5

15.

Lump Sum

Furnish and Install New Metal Siding and Insulation Panels, Trim, Door, Exhaust Fan, Etc., As Detailed for Pump Building; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

$

TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT IS: $

TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT IS_____________________________________________________ ___________________________ DOLLARS AND _____________ CENTS ($_______________).

Total Labor Cost $ Total Materials Cost $ Other Cost $ TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT:

00300-6

B. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 NOTE:

BIDS SHALL NOT INCLUDE SALES TAX . ALL OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES AND FEES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID PRICES.

NO.

EST. QTY. AND UNIT

1.

Lump Sum

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

UNIT PRICE

Provide an Extended Mechanical Warranty of Ten (10) Years for the Dewatering Screw Presses (See Spec. Section 11351, Paragraph 1.7); Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

TOTAL PRICE

$

TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 IS: $ Total Labor Cost $ Total Materials Cost $ Other Cost $ TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 AMOUNT:

C. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 NO.

EST. QTY. AND UNIT

1.

Lump Sum

ITEM

2.

Lump Sum

DESCRIPTION

UNIT PRICE

Contractor to Provide and Install Trough Conveyor System, Horizontal 45 Degree Incline, to Replace Existing Conveyor System (See Spec. Section 14550A) with Controls To Integrate with Existing Belt Press Controls and New Screw Presses; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM Remove Existing Conveyor Belt Assembly from Sludge Building and Dispose of Off Site; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $

TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 IS: $ Total Labor Cost $ Total Materials Cost $ Other Cost $ TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 AMOUNT: 00300-7

TOTAL PRICE

$

LUMP SUM $

D. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 NO.

EST. QTY. AND UNIT

1.

Lump Sum

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

UNIT PRICE

Contractor to Replace Sprockets, Tracks, Chains and Belt Pads on Existing Conveyor System; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

TOTAL PRICE

$

TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 IS: $

Total Labor Cost $ Total Materials Cost $ Other Cost $ TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 AMOUNT:

E. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4

NO.

EST. QTY. AND UNIT

1.

Lump Sum

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

UNIT PRICE

Install New Deep Pit Truck Scales in Accordance with Plans and Specifications; Complete In Place For The Lump Sum Price Of: $ LUMP SUM

TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 IS: $

Total Labor Cost $ Total Materials Cost $ Other Cost $ TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 AMOUNT:

00300-8

TOTAL PRICE

$

The Owner reserves the right to select any combination of the Additive Alternates and not follow the numbering of the alternates. Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.03.B of the General Conditions. BIDDER acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of bids and final payment will be based on actual quantities provided, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. 6.01

Bidder agrees that the project will be substantially complete within 300 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the paragraph 14.07.B of the General Conditions within 330 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run.

6.02

Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified above, which shall be stated in the Agreement.

7.01

The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: A.

Required Bid security in the form of

;

8.01

The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings indicated in the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions.

9.0

GUARANTEED PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: The Guaranteed Performance Criteria listed herein shall be guaranteed by the Contractor in accordance with Specification Section 18000 Performance Testing and Section 18500 Guaranteed Performance Criteria and Liquidated Damages. Failure to meet Pass/Fail Criteria will result in the Owner requiring corrections at the Contractor’s expense. Failure to meet Guaranteed Performance Criteria where Liquidated Damages (LDs) are indicated in the Contract Documents will result in assessment of liquidated damages for the item as specified in the Contract Documents.

9.01

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: A.

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: The dewatering screw press system shall be capable of dewatering an average throughput of 110 gallons per minute (gpm) (1650 lb/hr) of municipal wastewater sludge to a minimum final solids content of 18% with minimum solids capture rate of 95% while not exceeding a polymer consumption of 20 lbs of active polymer substance per dry ton of sludge. Liquidated Damages shall be assessed for polymer consumption exceeding the performance criteria minimum requirements.

00300-9

SUBMITTED ON

, 2014.

State Contractor License No.

(If applicable)

Contractor’s Email Address: ____________________

IF BIDDER IS: An Individual Name (typed or printed): By:

(SEAL) (Individual’s Signature)

Doing Business As: Business Address:

Phone No.:

Fax No.

A Partnership Partnership Name:

(SEAL)

By (Signature of General Partner)

Name (typed or printed): Business Address:

Phone No.:

Fax No.

00300-10

A Corporation Corporation Name:

(SEAL)

State of Incorporation: By: (Signature Of Person Authorized To Sign)

Name (typed or printed): Title: (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest (Signature of Corporate Secretary)

Business Address:

Phone No.:

Fax No.:

Date of Qualification to do Business is

00300-11

A Joint Venture Joint Venturer Names:

(SEAL)

By: (Signature of Joint Venture Partner)

Name (typed or printed): Title: Business Address:

Phone No.:

Fax No.:

Joint Venturer Name:

(SEAL)

By: (Signature)

Name (typed or printed): Title: Business Address:

Phone No.:

Fax No.:

Phone and Fax Number, and Address for receipt of official communications:

(Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership, and corporation that is a party to the joint venture shall be in the manner indicated above.)

00300-12

FORM OF NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT

STATE OF ___________________________) COUNTY OF _________________________)

_____________________________________________________________________________ being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is ___________________________________ (Sole Owner, a partner, president, __________________________________________________________________________ secretary, etc.) the party making the foregoing Proposal or BID that such BID is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said BIDDER has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any BIDDER or person, to put in a sham BID, or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly sought by agreement or collusion, or communications or conference, with any person, to fix the Bid Price of affiant or any other BIDDER, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said Bid Price, or of that of any other Bidder, or to secure any advantage against OWNER any person interested in the proposed Contract; and that all statements in said Proposal or Bid are true; and further, that such BIDDER has not, directly or indirectly submitted this BID, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or date relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof.

_________________________________________ (Affiant)

Sworn to and subscribed before me this _________ day of _____________________, 20____.

_________________________________________ Notary Public in and for

________________ County __________________ My Commission expires ___________________________________, 20______. (SEAL)

00300-13

SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, , as Principal, and , as Surety, are hereby held firmly bound unto THE CITY OF DOTHAN, ALABAMA, as Owner, in the penal sum of for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. SIGNED, this

day of

, 2014.

The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to THE CITY OF DOTHAN, ALABAMA a certain Bid, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the: SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE - LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. THE SURETY, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by the proper officer, the day and year first set forth above.

L.S. PRINCIPAL

SEAL:

BID BOND

SURETY

BY:

00410 - 1

SECTION 00500 EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE

THIS AGREEMENT is by and between The City of Dothan, Alabama (hereinafter called OWNER) and

(hereinafter called

CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. WORK 1.01 CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

ARTICLE 2 - THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

ARTICLE 3 - ENGINEER 3.01 The Project has been designed by POLYENGINEERING, INC. who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT

00500-1

ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT TIME 4.01

Time of the Essence A.

4.02

Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment A.

4.03

All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.

The Work will be substantially completed within 300 days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within 330 days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run.

Liquidated Damages. A.

CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.02 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.02 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment.

ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACT PRICE 5.01 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to paragraphs 5.01.A below: A.

For all Work, at the prices stated in CONTRACTOR’s Bid, attached hereto in Section 00300.

STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT

00500-2

As provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.08 of the General Conditions. Unit prices have been computed as provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. Contract Amount of Dollars ($

)

ARTICLE 6 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01

Submittal and Processing of Payments A.

6.02

CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.

Progress Payments; Retainage A.

OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment on or about the 10th day of each month during performance of the work as provided in Paragraphs 6.02.A.1 and 6.02.A.2 below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.07.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 1.

Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions. a.

Ninety-five percent (95%) of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If Work has been fifty percent (50%) completed as determined by ENGINEER, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no retainage on account of Work subsequently completed, in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed less the aggregate of payments previously made; and

STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT

00500-3

b.

2.

6.03

Ninety-five percent (95%) of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being retainage).

Upon Substantial Completion, OWNER shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to ninety-eight percent (98%) of the Work completed, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine in accordance with paragraph 14.02.B.5 of the General Conditions and less 100% of ENGINEER’s estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion.

Final Payment. A.

Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07.

ARTICLE 7 - INTEREST 7.01 All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall bear interest at the rate of 12% per annum.

ARTICLE 8 - CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 8.01 In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: A.

CONTRACTOR has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents.

B.

CONTRACTOR has visited the site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance of the Work.

C.

CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance of the Work.

D.

CONTRACTOR has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the

STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT

00500-4

site which has been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. E.

CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, including applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, if any, expressly required by the Contract Documents to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto

F.

CONTRACTOR does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.

G.

CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents.

H.

CONTRACTOR has correlated the information known to CONTRACTOR, information and observations obtained from visits to the site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents.

I.

CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies that CONTRACTOR has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR

J.

The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work.

ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01

Contents A.

The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1.

This Agreement (pages 00500-1 to 00500-8, inclusive);

2.

Performance Bond (pages 00610-1 to 00610-2, inclusive);

STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT

00500-5

3.

Payment Bond (pages 00620-1 to 00620-2, inclusive);

4.

Other Bonds (pages a. Bid Bond b. c.

5.

General Conditions (pages 00700-1 to 00700-36, inclusive);

6.

Supplementary Conditions (pages 00800-1 to 00800-7, inclusive);

7.

Special Conditions (pages 00810-1 to 00810-9, inclusive);

8.

Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual;

9.

Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered G1, G2, C1 through C27, A1, A2, and E1 through E10, inclusive, with each sheet bearing the following general title: SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE - LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY;

10.

Addenda (numbers

11.

Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Notice to Proceed (pages 00601-1, inclusive); b. CONTRACTOR's Bid (pages 00300-1 to 00300-11, inclusive); c. Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award (pages to , inclusive); d. ;

12.

The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Written Amendments; b. Work Change Directives; c. Change Order(s).

to

to

, inclusive); (pages 00410-1 to 00410-2, Inclusive); (pages to , Inclusive); (pages to , Inclusive);

, inclusive);

B.

The documents listed in paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above).

C.

There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9.

D.

The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions.

STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT

00500-6

ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS 10.01 Terms A.

Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.

10.02 Assignment of Contract A.

10.03

Successors and Assigns A.

10.04

No assignment by a party hereto of any rights or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents.

OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.

Severability A.

Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in six (6) counterparts. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or on their behalf.

STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT

00500-7

This Agreement will be effective on Effective Date of the Agreement).

, 2015 (which is the

CONTRACTOR:

OWNER: THE CITY OF DOTHAN, ALABAMA

By:

By:

[CORPORATE SEAL]

[CORPORATE SEAL] Attest

Attest

Address for giving notices:

Address for giving notices:

Designated Representative:

License No. (Where applicable)

Name: Agent for service of process: Title: Address: Designated Representative: Name: Phone: Title: Facsimile: Address:

Phone: Facsimile:

STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT

00500-8

NOTICE OF AWARD Dated

Project: Sludge Dewatering Facility Upgrade Little Choctawhatchee Wastewater Treatment Facility Contract:

Owner: City of Dothan, Alabama

Owner's Contract No.: Bid No.

Engineer's Project No.: 12-346

Contractor: Contractor's Address: [send Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested]

You are notified that your Bid dated for the above Contract has been considered. You are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for Sludge Dewatering Facility Upgrade – Little Choctawhatchee Wastewater Treatment Facility awarded on . (Indicate total Work, alternates or sections or Work awarded.) The Contract Price of your Contract is

Dollars (

)

Six (6) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Six (6) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within [15] days of the date you receive this Notice of Award. 1.

Deliver to the Owner 6 fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents.

2.

Deliver with the executed Contract Documents the Contract security [Bonds] as specified in the Instructions to Bidders (Article 20), and General Conditions (Paragraph 5.01).

3.

Other conditions precedent:

Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you one fully executed counterpart of the Contract Documents. City of Dothan Owner By: Authorized Signature Mike Schmitz, Mayor Title Copy to Engineer

EJCDC No. C-510 (2002 Edition) Prepared by the Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America and the Construction Specifications Institute.

00600-1

Notice to Proceed Dated Project: Sludge Dewatering Facility Upgrade – Little Choctawhatchee Wastewater Treatment Facility Contract:

Owner: City of Dothan, Alabama

Owner's Contract No.: Bid No.

Engineer's Project No.: 12-346

Contractor: Contractor's Address: [send Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested]

You are notified that the Contract Times under the above contract will commence to run on . On or before that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement, the date of Substantial Completion is , and the date of readiness for final payment is (or) the number of days to achieve Substantial Completion is , and the number of days to achieve readiness for final payment is . Before you may start any Work at the Site, Paragraph 5.03 of the General Conditions provides that you and Owner must each deliver to the other (with copies to Engineer and other identified additional insureds) certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents. Also, before you may start any Work at the Site, you must [add other requirements]:

The City of Dothan Owner

Authorized Signature

Mayor Title

Date

Copy to Engineer

EJCDC No. C-550 (2002 Edition) Prepared by the Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America and the Construction Specifications Institute.

00601-1

SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL men by these presents; That we (1) a (2)

hereinafter called "Principal" and (3) of

State of

hereinafter called the "Surety",

are held and firmly bound unto (4) The City of Dothan, Alabama, hereinafter called "OWNER", in the penal sum of ($

) in lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum

well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the

day of

, 2015, a copy of which

is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no charges, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the Specifications.

PERFORMANCE BOND

00610-1

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six (6) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of , 2015. ATTEST: Principal BY Witness as to Principal

Address

(Address)

ATTEST: Surety BY (Surety) Secretary

Attorney-in-Fact

SEAL:

Witness as to Surety

(Address)

Address

NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Correct name of Contractor. A Corporation, A Partnership or an Individual as case may be. Correct name of Surety. Correct name of Owner. If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond.

PERFORMANCE BOND

00610-2

SECTION 00620 PAYMENT BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) a (2) and (3)

hereinafter called "Principal" of

State of

hereinafter called "Surety", are held and firmly bound unto (4) The City of Dothan, Alabama, hereinafter called "Owner", in the penal sum of Dollars ($

),

in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally firmly by these presents: THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the day of , 2015, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payments to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the work provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of such work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor, performed in such work, whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such changes, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contractor or to the work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PAYMENT BOND

00620-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six (6) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of , 2015. ATTEST: Principal (Principal) Secretary

BY

(S)

(SEAL)

Witness as to Principal (Address)

(Address)

ATTEST: Surety (Surety) Secretary

BY Attorney-in-Fact

(SEAL)

Witness as to Surety (Address)

(Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of contract. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Correct name of Contractor A Corporation, a Partnership, or an Individual, as case may be. Correct Name of Surety. Correct Name of Owner. If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond.

PAYMENT BOND

00620-2

This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law.

STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By

PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General

Contractors of America

Construction Specifications Institute

These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-8-A-1 or 1910-8A-2) (1996 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC User’s Guide (No. 1910-50). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17) (1996 Edition).

EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1996 Edition)

General Conditions

Page 00700-1

Copyright ©1996 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017

General Conditions

Page 00700-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms 1.02 Terminology

6 6 8

ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds 2.02 Copies of Documents 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 2.04 Starting the Work 2.05 Before Starting Construction 2.06 Preconstruction Conference 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules

8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9

ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent 3.02 Reference Standards 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 3.05 Reuse of Documents

9 9 10 10 10 10

ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 4.04 Underground Facilities 4.05 Reference Points 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site

10 10 11 11 11 12 12

ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers 5.03 Certificates of Insurance 5.04 CONTRACTOR’s Liability Insurance 5.05 OWNER’s Liability Insurance 5.06 Property Insurance 5.07 Waiver of Rights 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer

13 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 16 16 16

ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence 6.02 Labor; Working Hours 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 6.04 Progress Schedule 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties 6.08 Permits 6.09 Laws and Regulations 6.10 Taxes 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas 6.13 Safety and Protection

16 16 16 16 17 17 19 19 19 19 19 20

General Conditions

Page 00700-3

6.14 Safety Representative 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs 6.16 Emergencies 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples 6.18 Continuing the Work 6.19 CONTRACTOR’s General Warranty and Guarantee 6.20 Indemnification

20 20 20 20 21 21 22

ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK 7.01 Related Work at Site 7.02 Coordination

22 22 23

ARTICLE 8 - OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER 8.03 Furnish Data 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 8.06 Insurance 8.07 Change Orders 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals 8.09 Limitations on OWNER’s Responsibilities 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements

23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23

ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 OWNER’S Representative 9.02 Visits to Site 9.03 Project Representative 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER’s Authority and Responsibilities

23 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 25

ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 10.03 Execution of Change Orders 10.04 Notification to Surety 10.05 Claims and Disputes

25 25 25 25 25 25

ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work 11.02 Cash Allowances 11.03 Unit Price Work

26 26 27 28

ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price 12.02 Change of Contract Times 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR’s Control 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR’s Control 12.06 Delay Damages

28 28 28 29 29 29

General Conditions

Page 00700-4

ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects 13.02 Access to Work 13.03 Tests and Inspections 13.04 Uncovering Work 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work 13.07 Correction Period 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work

29 29 29 29 29 30 30 30 30 31

ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values 14.02 Progress Payments 14.03 CONTRACTOR’s Warranty of Title 14.04 Substantial Completion 14.05 Partial Utilization 14.06 Final Inspection 14.07 Final Payment 14.08 Final Completion Delayed 14.09 Waiver of Claims

31 31 31 32 32 33 33 33 33 34

ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate

34 34 34 35 35

ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures

35 35

ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice 17.02 Computation of Times 17.03 Cumulative Remedies 17.04 Survival of Obligations 17.05 Controlling Law

35 35 35 35 36 36

General Conditions

Page 00700-5

GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01

Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment--The form acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 7. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements. 8. Bonds--Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 9. Change Order--A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim--A demand or assertion by OWNER or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract--The entire and integrated written agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents--The Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include General Conditions

the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR’s Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and ENGINEER’s written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times--The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER’s written recommendation of final payment. 15. CONTRACTOR--The individual or entity with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work--See paragraph 11.01.A for definition. 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. ENGINEER--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. ENGINEER's Consultant--An individual or entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER’s independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 21. Field Order--A written order issued by ENGINEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. Page 00700-6

22. General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 23. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 24. Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 25. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 26. Liens--Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 27. Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 28. Notice of Award--The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 29. Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 30. OWNER--The individual, entity, public body, or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 31. Partial Utilization--Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 32. PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls. 33. Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 34. Project--The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 35. Project Manual--The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. General Conditions

36. Radioactive Material--Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 37. Resident Project Representative--The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 38. Samples--Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39. Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 40. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. 41. Specifications--That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 42. Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 43. Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 44. Supplementary Conditions--That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 45. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 46. Underground Facilities--All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. Page 00700-7

47. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 48. Work--The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 49. Work Change Directive--A written statement to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 50. Written Amendment--A written statement modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects of the Contract Documents. 1.02 Terminology A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. B. Day 1. The word “day” shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. C. Defective 1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, General Conditions

or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide” is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of CONTRACTOR, “provide” is implied. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01

Delivery of Bonds A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish. 2.02 Copies of Documents

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier.

Page 00700-8

2.04

Starting the Work

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. CONTRACTOR’s Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for its timely review: 1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing such submittal; and 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work.

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference General Conditions

attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.05.B, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, at least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.05.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER. 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR’s full responsibility therefore. 2. CONTRACTOR’s schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. CONTRACTOR’s schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: AMENDING, REUSE

INTENT,

3.01 Intent

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to OWNER. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article 9.

Page 00700-9

3.02

Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER’s Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an General Conditions

interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: (i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change Order; or (iii) a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER’s approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER’s written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER’s Consultant, including electronic media editions; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. This prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL REFERENCE POINTS

OF LANDS; CONDITIONS;

4.01

Availability of Lands A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER’s furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with Page 00700-10

applicable Laws and Regulations. C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER’s Consultants with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or General Conditions

performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. ENGINEER’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER’s findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08 and 11.03. 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER’s Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data Page 00700-11

shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price of Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to General Conditions

establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER’s judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER’s Consultants with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as Page 00700-12

required by paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. F. If after receipt of such written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other General Conditions

consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.F shall obligate CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. I. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01

Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent’s authority to act. C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.01.B, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance Page 00700-13

A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain. OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 CONTRACTOR’s Liability Insurance

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR’s performance of the Work and CONTRACTOR’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR’s employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR’s employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting there from; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors General Conditions

of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR’s indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.07, 6.11, and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). 5.05 OWNER’s Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04, OWNER, at OWNER’s option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER’s expense OWNER’s own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder’s Risk “all-risk” or Page 00700-14

open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07. D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser’s own expense. E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other

General Conditions

special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. 5.07 Waiver of Rights

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. waives all rights against B. OWNER CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to OWNER’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other peril whether or not insured by OWNER; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to paragraph Page 00700-15

14.04, or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, or ENGINEER’s Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.B. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER’s exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.05.C. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall General Conditions

be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01

Supervision and Superintendence A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superintendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR’s representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment Page 00700-16

A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “orequal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circumstances described below. 1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in ENGINEER’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an “orequal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER’s sole discretion, be General Conditions

accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, and; b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will conform substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. If in ENGINEER’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR’s achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified will be identified in the application, and available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, all of which will be Page 00700-17

considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute item. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in sub paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer’s Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until ENGINEER’s review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an “or equal.” ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. ENGINEER’s Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER’s Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER’s Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute. F. CONTRACTOR’s Expense: CONTRACTOR shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or “orequal” at CONTRACTOR’s expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or General Conditions

entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER’s acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work.

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional Page 00700-18

insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply General Conditions

with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR’s primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR’s obligations under paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,

Page 00700-19

attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. 6.13 Safety and Protection

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable General Conditions

Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER’s Consultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to Page 00700-20

ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials, and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. D. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR’s review and approval of that submittal. 3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a General Conditions

specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. E. ENGINEER’s Review 1. ENGINEER will timely review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. ENGINEER’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. ENGINEER’s review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER’s attention to each such variation at the time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.17.D.1. F. Resubmittal Procedures 1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 CONTRACTOR’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER’s Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR’s warranty and Page 00700-21

guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. B. CONTRACTOR’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by ENGINEER; 2. recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related thereto by OWNER; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage: 1. is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and 2. is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of an individual or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such individual or entity. B. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGIGeneral Conditions

NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER’s Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK 7.01

Related Work at Site A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER’s employees, or let other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER’s employees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Page 00700-22

CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR’s Work. CONTRACTOR’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and, the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01

Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.03 Furnish Data A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. OWNER’s duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER’s identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings General Conditions

of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. OWNER’s responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OWNER’s responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on OWNER’s Responsibilities A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OWNER’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER’s obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER’s responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER’S CONSTRUCTION

STATUS

DURING

9.01

OWNER’S Representative A. ENGINEER will be OWNER’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. 9.02 Visits to Site A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the Page 00700-23

Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER’s efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. B. ENGINEER’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER’s authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who is not ENGINEER’s Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform General Conditions

the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with ENGINEER’s authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with ENGINEER’s authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. C. In connection with ENGINEER’s authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER’s written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.05. 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work there under. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision. B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final Page 00700-24

payment as provided in paragraph 14.07) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter. 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER’s Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither ENGINEER’s authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. ENGINEER’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to ENGINEER’s Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of General Conditions

an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.08.A or OWNER’s correction of defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims and Disputes A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the Page 00700-25

provisions of paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant’s last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). B. ENGINEER’s Decision: ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. ENGINEER’s written decision on such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: 1. an appeal from ENGINEER’s decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article 16; or 2. if no such dispute resolution procedures have been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER’s written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.05.B, a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following General Conditions

items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01.B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which Page 00700-26

remain the property of CONTRACTOR. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR’s fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. When the Cost of the Work is used to determine the value of a Change Order or of a Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes in the Work or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim. j. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONGeneral Conditions

TRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR’s fee. 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR’s principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of CONTRACTOR’s capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR’s capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B. C. CONTRACTOR’s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR’s fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Cash Allowances A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. CONTRACTOR’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect Page 00700-27

actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph 9.08. B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item.

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with paragraph 10.05 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and CONTRACTOR believes that 3. if CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 ); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit General Conditions

prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 12.01.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraph 11.01) plus a CONTRACTOR’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 12.01.C). C. CONTRACTOR’s Fee: The CONTRACTOR’s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the CONTRACTOR’s fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.01.A.3, the CONTRACTOR’s fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraph 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.B; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR’s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclusive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. Page 00700-28

12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR’s Control A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefore as provided in paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR’s Control A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be extended due to delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER’s and CONTRACTOR’s Control A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR’s sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. 12.06 Delay Damages A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from: 1. delays caused by or within the control of CONTRACTOR; or 2. delays beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. B. Nothing in this paragraph 12.06 bars a change in Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or anyone for whom OWNER is responsible. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.

General Conditions

13.02 Access to Work A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR’s Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.B; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER’s and ENGINEER’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR’s expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR’s intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work Page 00700-29

A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER’s observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR’s expense. B. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.07 Correction Period General Conditions

A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for CONTRACTOR’s use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER’s written instructions: (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting there from. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. B. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting there from) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. D. CONTRACTOR’s obligations under this paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER’s recommendation of final payment, ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Page 00700-30

ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER’s recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.06.A, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend CONTRACTOR’s services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR’s tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER’s representatives, agents and employees, OWNER’s other contractors, and ENGINEER and ENGINEER’s Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CONTRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, OWNER may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR’s defective Work. D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in General Conditions

the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER’s rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect OWNER’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to OWNER. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications 1. ENGINEER will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. ENGINEER’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER’s observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Page 00700-31

ENGINEER’s knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.08, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER’s responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 4. Neither ENGINEER’s review of CONTRACTOR’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor ENGINEER’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for CONTRACTOR’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to CONTRACTOR’s performance of the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation will not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens.

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) 5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.02.B.2. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER’s opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by General Conditions

Written Amendment or Change Orders; c. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.09; or d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER’s recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. D. Reduction in Payment 1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: a. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR’s performance or furnishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set off against the amount recommended; or d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If OWNER refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER’s satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 CONTRACTOR’s Warranty of Title A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that Page 00700-32

ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefore. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefore. If, after consideration of OWNER’s objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER’s issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER’s aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Use by OWNER at OWNER’s option of any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR’s performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following conditions. 1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such General Conditions

part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefore. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) 2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. Application for Payment 1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.04.B.7; (ii) consent of the surety, Page 00700-33

if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. B. Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR’s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER’s recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and, when due, will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR’s final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by General Conditions

CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing which are still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. CONTRACTOR’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.04); 2. CONTRACTOR’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. CONTRACTOR’s disregard of the authority of ENGINEER; or 4. CONTRACTOR’s violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 15.02.A occur, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days written notice, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR’s tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to Page 00700-34

CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by OWNER arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. C. Where CONTRACTOR’s services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the General Conditions

Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.03. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may, seven days after written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR’s stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any, shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no method and procedure has been set forth, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.09 and 10.05, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01

Giving Notice

SEE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (SECTION 00800) A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available Page 00700-35

hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Agreement. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located.

-END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS-

General Conditions

Page 00700-36

SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1996 ed.) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. SC-2.02 OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to four (4) copies of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. SC-2.04 CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement. SC-2.05.C Before commencing operations, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish the ENGINEER with three (3) copies of Certificates of Insurance on all required policies of insurance showing limits of liability as specified. All policies must provide ten (10) days advance notice to the OWNER and ENGINEER in the event of cancellation, expiration or alteration. Each certificate shall be accompanied by a notarized statement itemizing each and every exclusion of the policy. SC-2.06 Within twenty (20) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate may be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.05.B of the General Conditions, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. SC-2.07 If requested by the OWNER or ENGINEER, at least ten (10) days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.05.B of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10) days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals.

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

00800 - 1

Contractors schedule of values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the contract price to component parts of the work. SC-3.01 In the event of a conflict between the various items which make up the Contract Documents, the following Hierarchy of Documents shall prevail: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Contract Change Orders Addenda Special Conditions Agreement Instructions To Bidders Supplementary Conditions General Conditions Technical Specifications

SC-4.02 When reports of subsurface explorations and tests at the project site are included in the Bidding Documents, the CONTRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in such reports as per paragraphs 4.02.B of the General Conditions. Information included in such reports which may be considered Technical Data are: The Boring Method, Plan and Logs, Level of Subsurface Water, Laboratory Test Methods and Results and Similar Factual Data, all as of the dates made. These reports are not part of the Contract Documents, but the Technical Data contained therein upon which the CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in G.C. 4.02 as identified above are incorporated therein by reference. SC-4.03, 4.04 The plans show certain features of the topography and certain underground utilities, but they do not purport to show in detail all such lines or obstructions. Such topography and notes on the plans were inserted from records available and are for the CONTRACTOR's convenience only, and shall not be used as basis for any claims of extra compensation. All pipes or other underground utilities shall be maintained in continuous service where possible and shall be properly protected and supported. In no case shall interruptions to utilities be allowed to exist outside of working hours. Prior to starting the work, the proper authorities of all utilities shall be notified by the Contractor and the Contractor shall cooperate in every way possible with these authorities. Whenever necessary to determine the location of existing pipes, valves or other underground structures, the CONTRACTOR shall examine all available records and shall make all explorations and excavations necessary for such purpose. SC-5.04 Conditions:

Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5.04.B of the General

C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: 1.

Workers' Compensation and related coverages under paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and 5.04.A.2 of the General Conditions: a.)

State:

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

Statutory 00800 - 2

b.) 2.

CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance under paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through A.6 of the General Conditions which shall also include completed operations and product liability coverages and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care custody and control of the CONTRACTOR: a.

3.

Applicable Federal (e.g. Longshoreman's): Statutory

General Aggregate (Except Products - Completed Operations)

$2,000,000

b.

Products - Completed Operations Aggregate

$2,000,000

c.

Personal and Advertising Injury (Per Person/Organization)

$1,000,000

d.

Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage)

$1,000,000

e.

Property Damage Liability Insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse and Underground coverages where applicable.

f.

Excess Liability General Aggregate Each Occurrence

$2,000,000 $2,000,000

Automobile Liability: a.)

Bodily Injury:

$1,000,000 Each Person $1,000,000 Each Accident

b.)

Property Damage:

$500,000 Each Accident

OR c.)

4.

Combined Single Limit (Bodily Injury and Property Damage):

$2,000,000 Each Accident

In addition to the requirements of Paragraph 5.04.B.1 of the General Conditions concerning the naming of the Owner, Engineer, and Engineer's consultants as additional insureds under the CONTRACTOR's General Liability Policy. The CONTRACTOR shall at his expense provide an OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Protective Liability Policy issued in the name of the OWNER and ENGINEER covering the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Paragraph 5.04.B.4 of the General Conditions. Coverage shall be provided under this policy for not less than the following amounts: (1)

Bodily Injury:

$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

(2)

Property Damage:

$1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

00800 - 3

SC-5.06 Delete Paragraph 5.06.A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A.

CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1.

include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured;

2.

be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss and damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework and Work in transit and shall insure against at least the following perils: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions.

3.

include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects);

4.

cover materials and equipment stored at the site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; and

5.

Allow for partial utilization of the work by Owner;

6.

Include testing and startup; and

7.

be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER with thirty (30) days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued.

B.

Contractors shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

C.

The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this paragraph 5.6 shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

00800 - 4

certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph SC-5.07. SC-5.07 A.

OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraphs SC 5.06 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by CONTRACTOR as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued.

B.

In addition, OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees and agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, for:

C.

1.

loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by OWNER; and

2.

loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after substantial completion pursuant to paragraph 14.04 or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07.

Any insurance policy maintained by CONTRACTOR covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in this paragraph SC 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage or consequential loss the insurers will have no rights of recovery against OWNER, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them.

SC-6.06.B The CONTRACTOR, or apparent successful Bidder, shall identify Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organizations as follows: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

00800 - 5

1)

Prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, the apparent Successful Bidder shall within seven (7) days of the receipt of a Written Request from the OWNER or the ENGINEER identify Subcontractors, Suppliers, or others specifically requested. Should such identification be required, attention is directed to Article 12 of the Information For Bidders.

2)

Within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date of the Agreement, all Subcontractors shall be identified.

SC-6.06.C OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to CONTRACTOR on account of work performed for Contractor by a particular Subcontractor, supplier, or other individual or entity. SC-6.13 Until final acceptance of the Work by the ENGINEER as evidenced by approval of the final estimate, the Work shall be in the custody and under the charge and care of the CONTRACTOR and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from execution or from the non-execution of the Work, unless otherwise provided for elsewhere in the Specifications or Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good, without extra compensation, all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before its completion and acceptance, and shall bear the expenses thereof. In case of suspension of the Work from any cause whatever, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all materials and equipment and shall properly store them if necessary and shall provide suitable shelter from damage and shall erect temporary structures where necessary. SC-11.9.3 Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place: "C.

The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: 1.

If the total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to five percent (5%) or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs by more than twenty-five percent (25%) from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and

2.

If there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and

3.

If CONTRACTOR believes that it has incurred additional expense as a result thereof; or if OWNER believes that the quantity variation entitles it to an adjustment in the Unit Price, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 10 if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed."

SC-13.03.B CONTRACTOR shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the OWNER and the ENGINEER to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

00800 - 6

1.

that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.B of the General Conditions shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.B; and

2.

as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

14.02.B.5 In addition to reasons listed in G.C. 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.d, the ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the CONTRACTOR because liability for liquidated damages has been incurred by the CONTRACTOR. S.C.-14.05.A Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 14.05.A.1 which is to read as follows: A.

OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to take over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will be sent to ENGINEER and within a reasonable time thereafter OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion and will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writing to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, ENGINEER will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such lists to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties and guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed ENGINEER). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work.

Paragraph 14.05.A.2 shall be renumbered to 14.05.A.3. SC-17.01 In addition to the provisions of paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions, written Notice to the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have been given if delivered in person to the CONTRACTOR's authorized representative on the project site.

END OF SECTION 00800.

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

00800 - 7

12-346

SECTION 00810 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

1.

PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS The Contractor shall, along with the executed Contract, furnish the Owner with a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond in penal sums equal to the amount of the CONTRACT PRICE, conditioned upon the performance by the Contractor of all undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the Contract Documents, and upon the prompt payment by the Contractor to all persons supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided by the Contractor and a corporated bonding company licensed to transact such business in the state in which the work is to be performed and named on the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Treasury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of these bonds shall be borne by the Contractor. If at any time a surety on any such Bond is declared a bankrupt or loses its rights to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed or is removed from the list of Surety Companies accepted on Federal Bonds, Contractor shall within ten (10) days after notice from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable bond (or bonds) in such form and sum and signed by such other surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums on such bond shall not be deemed due nor shall be made until the new surety or sureties shall have furnished an acceptable bond to the Owner.

2.

TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall fully complete the work required in this contract within 300/330 consecutive calendar days after the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $500.00 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter that the work remains incomplete. See Article 4, Page 00500-2 for Contract Time Requirements.

3.

CONSTRUCTION STAKES The Engineer will furnish the Contractor sufficient points and bench marks necessary to accurately establish the lines and elevations necessary to the proper prosecution of the work contracted herein. The Contractor shall be responsible for the establishment of all blue tops, grade pins, nails, cut stakes, offset Engineer's temporary bench marks, and all other control which in the opinion of the Engineer are necessary to construct the project as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to perform the above mentioned control work at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the accuracy of all measurements before constructing any permanent structure and shall not take advantage of any errors which may have been made in planning or laying out of work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set either for his own or the Contractor's guidance shall be scrupulously preserved by

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-1

12-346

the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor or his employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor, at the discretion of the Engineer. 4.

CONFORMITY WITH PLANS Elevations in all cases shall conform with line, grade, cross sections and dimensions shown on the approved Contract Drawings. Any deviations from the plans and approved drawings as may be required by the exigencies of construction, shall in all cases be approved by the Engineer and authorized in writing.

5.

INSPECTION FACILITIES The Contractor shall at all times provide access to, and all means necessary to provide for inspection of all parts of the work by the Engineer.

6.

UTILITIES The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done by him or any of his subcontractors to all utilities within the limits of the work. It shall be his responsibility to locate and determine the depth of the existing utilities and manholes as far ahead of his operations as practicable and shall keep the Engineer informed of possible vertical and horizontal conflicts. The Engineer shall adjust the alignment and/or profile of the proposed facilities insofar as practically feasible to eliminate potential conflicts. Unavoidable conflicts will be eliminated as described below. Should any utilities or appurtenances be damaged by the Contractor's activities and operations under this contract, the Contractor shall cause the necessary repairs to be made and shall pay the entire cost thereof without compensation. Temporary repairs may be made by the Contractor to utilities damaged by his operations when such utilities are to be relocated, provided such temporary repairs are adequate to maintain the utility in service until the permanent relocation or adjustment is made. No separate compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for any work required by this paragraph due to conflicts with lines and appurtenances or as a result of grade revisions. a.

High Pressure Gas Lines: Where they interfere with work, high-pressure gas lines and appurtenances will be moved by the Gas District. The Contractor shall pay any charges made by the Gas District.

b.

Low Pressure Gas Lines: Where they interfere with work, low pressure gas lines and appurtenances will be moved by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.

c.

Sanitary Sewers: Where they interfere with the work, existing sanitary sewer lines and laterals will be moved by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the City at least 24 hours prior to the initiation of any such relocation work.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-2

12-346

7.

d.

Water Lines: Where water lines interfere with the work they will be relocated by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the City at least 24 hours prior to the initiation of any such relocation work.

e.

Storm Drainage Pipe: The Contractor shall excavate a sufficient distance ahead of his work to allow the Engineer time and space to resolve conflicts with any storm drainage pipes which are not shown on the plans. It is the Contractor's responsibility to protect all existing storm drainage pipes which interfere with his operations. When the plans do not indicate the conflict and the Engineer finds that the conflict creates an undue hardship on the Contractor or calls for work outside the scope of the contract, the Engineer will determine the most appropriate method for resolving the conflict which is satisfactory to both the Owner and the Contractor. This additional work shall be handled by contract change order or field instructions by the Engineer or his representative depending upon the extent and cost of said additional work.

CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK Until final acceptance of the work by the Owner, the work shall be in the custody and under the charge and care of the Contractor and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from execution or from the non-execution of the work, unless otherwise provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good, without extra compensation, all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before its completion and acceptance, and shall bear the expenses thereof. In case of suspension of the work from any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and equipment and shall properly store them, if necessary, and shall provide suitable shelter from damage and shall erect temporary structures where necessary.

8.

RELATED DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consists of the Contract, the General Conditions, the Supplementary and Special Conditions, all Specifications (Division 1 - 16), the Plans, all Addenda and all Change Orders, Field Orders and written clarifications. These Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. All Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be binding as if required by all. Reference to other sections in certain sections does not imply that these are the only sections related.

9.

EXTRA CHARGES Upon receiving a change order or field order, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any additional charges the Contractor feels he is due prior to initiating the work under consideration.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-3

12-346

10.

EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, AND SITE WORK Before submitting a proposal, bidders shall examine carefully the site of the proposed work, the general and local conditions, the proposal form, standard specifications, supplemental specifications, provisions, and the contract and bond forms, and it is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and has judged for and satisfied himself as to the surface and subsurface conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished , and as to the requirements of plans, standard specifications, supplemental specifications, special provision contract, and bonds. No adjustments or compensation will be allowed for losses caused by failure to comply with this requirement. Bidders are advised that the Owner disclaims responsibility for any opinions, conclusions, interpretations, or deductions that may be expressed or implied in any of the information presented or made available to bidders; it being expressly understood that the making of deductions, interpretations, and conclusions from all of the accessible factual information is the bidder's sole responsibility.

11.

SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall check all subsurface conditions and satisfy himself on those conditions before submitting a bid. Subsurface conditions discovered during construction shall not be a basis for extra compensation.

12.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL The Contractor shall insure that good environmental protection practices and methods are instituted to protect surface waters from excessive silt, sediments and nutrients caused by his construction operations. Storm drainage facilities and temporary dikes, checks, channelization, grassing and any other prudent control shall be installed in the initial stages and as necessary in order to fulfill the requirements set forth in the above regulations. The Contractor shall be responsible for all environmental damages caused by his operations. Cost for complying with these regulations shall be considered incidental to the work on the bid schedule and no separate payment will be made.

13.

PROSECUTION OF WORK a.

All the work shall be prosecuted in a manner which according to local conditions shall be best calculated to promote rapidity in construction, to secure safety to life and property and also to reduce to a minimum any interference with abutting property or public travel.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-4

12-346

b.

14.

The Contractor shall conduct his operations diligently in all parts of the work, coordinating his part so that the completion of the work shall not be unnecessarily delayed.

SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated under Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL-91-596) and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (PL-91-54).

15.

OBSERVANCE OF LAWS AND REGULATIONS The Contractor shall keep himself informed of all laws, ordinances, and regulations in any manner affecting those employed on the work, or the materials used in the work, or in any way affecting the conduct of the work, and of all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over the same. He shall at all times himself observe and comply with, and shall require all his agents, employees and subcontractors to observe and comply with all such applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, orders and decrees in effect or which may become effective before completion of this contract; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner against any claim of liability arising from or based upon the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself, his employees or his subcontractors. When local or state laws or ordinances conflict with federal laws or regulations, federal laws or regulations shall take precedence.

16.

FINAL CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION Whenever the Contractor considers the work required by the contract is nearing completion and ready for use, he shall notify the Engineer and request an inspection of substantial completion. Within five (5) days after receiving the notification by the Contractor, the Engineer will inspect all work in the contract. If the Engineer finds that the work has been substantially completed, he will issue a letter of substantial completion. If the Engineer finds that the work has not been substantially completed at the time of such inspection, he will advise the Contractor in writing as to the work to be done or the particular defects in the construction discovered during the inspection. After such work has been completed satisfactorily, the Engineer will reinspect the work for substantial completion. When the Contractor considers the work completed, he shall notify the Engineer and request a final inspection. Within five (5) days after receiving the notification by the Contractor, the Engineer shall conduct a final inspection. If the Engineer finds the work has been completed he will issue a letter stating that the project is complete. If the Engineer finds that the work has not been completed at the time of the inspection, he will advise the Contractor in writing as to the work to be done to complete the project. After such work has been satisfactorily completed, the Engineer will reinspect the work. When the Engineer considers the work complete, he will issue a letter of final completion.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-5

12-346

17.

FINAL ACCEPTANCE a.

18.

Contractor's Advertisement of Completion: The Contractor, immediately after being notified by the Engineer that all other requirements of his contract have been completed, shall give notice of said completion by an advertisement for a period of four (4) successive weeks in some newspaper of general circulation published within the county or counties where the work is performed. Proof of publication of said notice shall be made by the Contractor to the Engineer, by affidavit of the publisher and a printed copy of the published notice. If no newspaper is published in any county where the work is done, the notice may be given by posting at the Court House for thirty (30) days and proof of same shall be made by the Probate Judge or Sheriff and the Contractor.

EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REMOVED All equipment and materials removed and/or replaced in the contract which the Owner wants shall become the property of the Owner and shall be placed at a location on the site designated by the Owner. All other equipment and materials which the Owner does not want shall be disposed off site at the expense of the Contractor. The Owner shall be final judge of what is salvageable.

19.

REMOVAL OF DEBRIS The Contractor shall frequently clean up all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials and debris caused by his operations, so that at all times the site of the work shall present a neat, orderly and workmanlike appearance.

20.

21.

TEMPORARY ROADS, DETOURS AND MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS a.

Detours and temporary structures necessary for travel during the prosecutions of the work will be at the expense of the Contractor.

b.

No section of the work shall be closed to traffic unless approved by the Engineer. Suitable signs indicating "Road Closed" or "Detour" shall be erected by the Contractor as ordered by the Engineer at no expense.

c.

If in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractor does not comply with the above requirements such work as the Engineer may deem necessary may be performed by others at the direction of the Engineer and the charges therefor held from any money due or to become due to the Contractor on this or any other Contract.

BARRICADES, WARNING LIGHTS, SIGNS, ETCETERA a.

Prior to closing any section of the project to traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain, at no expense to the Owner suitable barricades, warning signs, flares, red flags, or lights which shall be kept burning from sunset to sunrise.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-6

12-346

b.

22.

The Contractor shall receive no direct compensation for furnishing, erecting, and maintaining the necessary barricades, lights, flares, signs, or for any other incidentals necessary for the good and proper safety, convenience, and direction of traffic during the period prior to final inspection and acceptance.

RESTORATION OF THE GROUNDS As the work progresses and whenever so directed by the Engineer, the Contractor is to remove all surplus material and completely restore to good condition, all surface, disturbed, destroyed or removed by the Contractor, or his agent, or on account of construction. When the Contractor fails to promptly restore the streets or other property, the Engineer, after having given three (3) days notice to the Contractor shall have the work shut down until the streets and other property have been restored. Loss of time due to such shut-down will not entitle the Contractor to any extension of time or extra compensation. Before final inspection is made, all surfaces disturbed on account of this construction shall be leveled up and all surplus material and rubbish incident to the construction must be removed and disposed of and streets, gutters, ditches, sidewalks, crossings, railroads, grass plots and other property affected by the Construction shall be left in good and acceptable condition.

23.

LOCATION AND DEPTH OF PIPE LAYING Alignment and depth of pipe to be installed have been shown on the plans and in the specifications to reflect the general layout and facilities the Contractor is bidding and laying out the work. Pipe locations and depth of cover will be varied as directed by the Engineer if such variance is necessary in order to clear obstructions or utilities that interfere with the construction of the water mains. No additional payment will be made for pipe installed at greater depth or different locations than shown on the plans and/or in the specifications. The Contractor shall make all necessary explorations and excavations for obstructions ahead of the pipe laying to permit sufficient time for any adjustments of locations or depth necessary for installing the water mains and making connections to the existing system.

24.

UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND SERVICES The plans show certain features of the topography and certain underground utilities, but they do not purport to show in detail all such lines or obstructions. Such topography and notes on the plans were inserted from records available and are for the Contractor's convenience only, and shall not be used as basis for any claims of extra compensation. All pipes or other underground utilities shall be maintained in continuous service where possible and shall be properly protected and supported. In no case shall interruptions to utilities be allowed to exist outside of working hours.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-7

12-346

Prior to starting the work, the proper authorities of all utilities shall be notified by the Contractor and the Contractor shall cooperate in every way possible with these authorities. Whenever necessary to determine the location of existing pipes, valves or other underground structures, the Contractor shall examine all available records and shall made all explorations and excavations necessary for such purpose. 25.

CHEMICALS All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or other classification, must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with manufacturer's instructions.

26.

LOCAL LABOR Preference in employment will, insofar as practicable, be given to qualified local labor.

27.

FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE A factory trained representative will be present during installation and start-up of all major equipment to assure proper performance.

28.

LOCAL PERMITS The Contractor will obtain all local permits including building permits from the political jurisdiction in which work is being accomplished at his own expense. It shall be each Bidder's responsibility to determine the necessity and costs of such permits prior to bid.

29.

GRADE CONTROL The Contractor shall provide an acceptable and operational engineer's level and level rod at the work site at all times for verification of pipe grades, slope, depth of cover and general grades.

30.

PROJECT WARRANTY The 12 month warranty period provided under this contract shall begin on the date of the final inspection when the Engineer certifies the project substantially complete. In accordance with Section 29 of the General Conditions, this warranty shall cover defects in all material, equipment, and labor furnished under this contract. All manufacturers of equipment furnished under this contract shall, as a minimum, provide separate warranties to both the Owner and the Contractor covering all parts, labor, shipping and handling charges for repairing or replacing equipment which proves defective during normal use for

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-8

12-346

1.)

Two years from date of shipment, or

2.)

One year from date of substantial completion, whichever occurs earlier regardless of the date the equipment is placed in interim service.

Included in each equipment manufacturer's submittal data shall be a certified statement that the manufacturer will comply with the above warranty provisions. In the event that the manufacturer's warranty expires prior to the Contractor's warranty, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all equipment warranties to the Owner for the remainder of the contract warranty period. 31.

HIERARCHY OF DOCUMENTS In the event of a conflict between the various items which makeup the contract documents the following hierarchy of documents shall prevail: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

32.

Contract Change Order Addenda Special Conditions Agreement Instructions to Bidders Supplementary Conditions General Conditions Technical Specifications Drawings

CONNECTION TO UTILITIES The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees involved in connection of the work to permanent utility service. See General Conditions for cooperation and arrangements.

33.

WORK HOURS Work shall be performed only during the hours 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Work may be performed outside this work window under the following conditions:

34.

1.

Contractor shall submit written request to Owner requesting different work hours and stating the reason for the request, including why it would be in the best interest of the Owner to approve the request.

2.

Owner gives written approval of the request.

24-HOUR EMERGENCY RESPONSE Contractor shall provide the name and telephone number of a local representative that can respond to emergencies on a 24-hour per day basis.

END OF SECTION 00810. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

00810-9

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

The work included in this project generally includes the following in accordance with the plans and specifications: 1. Furnish and install new Seepex Pumps and Motors, Piping, Flow Meters, Electrical, Controls, SCADA, Valves, etc. 2. Furnish and install two (2) new screw presses, polymer feed system, new grating, flow meters, new concrete, controls, electrical, SCADA, piping, valves, hangers, clamps, etc., as required to install two (2) new screw presses. 3. Furnish and install the various equipment, modifications, etc., in accordance with the Additive Alternates. 4. The existing belt press system and polymer feed system shall remain operational during the installation of the two (2) new screw presses.

CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A.

Contractor shall limit his use of the premises for work and for storage of equipment and materials used for construction of this project.

B.

Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this contract, stored on the site.

1.3

SUBSTITUTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A.

In the Plans and Specifications, certain equipment and materials are identified by manufacturer and model number in order to establish the quality expected by the Owner and Engineer. Equipment of equal or better quality may be substituted for those named at the Contractor's option with the stipulations described below. If this equipment is subsequently disapproved, the Contractor shall resubmit until the equipment he proposes is approved. The Engineer shall be the final authority on equality.

B.

This substitution paragraph does not apply to those pieces of equipment identified by a manufacturer followed by the words "to match existing."

C.

Where equipment is identified by manufacturer and model number, the first name appearing on the Plans is the name of the manufacturer and particular equipment model number of that manufacturer around which the facility was designed. The second name is a manufacturer known to the Engineer to produce a similar piece of equipment of equal quality. As described above, the Contractor may choose to install another manufacturer's equipment. If the Contractor chooses to install any piece of equipment other than the first named, any modifications including structural or other design changes or additional components required to provide a complete and satisfactory operational installation shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner.

SUMMARY OF WORK

01010-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01010.

SUMMARY OF WORK

01010-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01030 - COORDINATION OF WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

GENERAL A.

1.2

All work herein described shall be performed by the Contractor, or his approved subcontractors, who shall bear all responsibility for it and who shall willingly submit to inspection of and review of the work at all times by representatives of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the state environmental agency, the Engineer, the Owner, and/or the Owner's designated representative.

OTHER UTILITIES A.

The Contractor shall coordinate his operations with all utility companies near or adjacent to the area of his work. The Contractor shall require said utilities to identify in the field their property and provide drawings as necessary to locate them.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 01030.

COORDINATION OF WORK

01030-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01060 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

Permits and Responsibilities. The Contractor shall, without additional expense to the Owner, be responsible for obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable Federal, State and municipal laws, codes and regulations, in connection with the prosecution of the Work. He shall take proper safety and health precautions to protect the Work, the workers, the public and the property of others. He shall also be responsible for all materials delivered and work performed until completion and acceptance of the Work, except for any completed unit of construction thereof which may heretofore have been accepted.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 01060.

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

01060-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01080 - APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

GENERAL A.

All materials, equipment, fabrication, and installation practices shall comply with the following applicable codes and standards, except in those cases where the Contractor's quality standards establish more stringent quality requirements, as determined by the Engineer. 1.

2.

3.

4.

5. 6. 7.

8. 9.

10.

Pressure Piping: a. ANSI (American National Standards Institute) b. API (American Petroleum Institute) c. ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) d. AWWA (American Water Works Association) e. NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) Materials: a. AASHTO (American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials) b. ANSI (American National Standards Institute) c. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) d. AWWA (American Water Works Association) Painting and Surface Preparation: a. NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) b. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) Aluminum: a. AA (Aluminum Association) b. AAMA (Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association) Steel: a. AISC (American Institute of Steel Construction) Concrete: a. ACI (American Concrete Institute) Welding: a. ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) b. AWS (American Welding Society) Safety: a. OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Act) Plumbing: a. AGA (American Gas Association) b. NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) c. PDI (Plumbing Drainage Institute) d. SPC (SBCC Standard Plumbing Code) In addition, all work shall comply with the applicable requirements of local codes, utilities, and other authorities having jurisdiction.

APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

01080-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

B.

12-346

All material and equipment, for which a UL Standard, an AGA approval, or an ASME requirements is established, shall be so approved and labeled or stamped. Label or stamp shall be conspicuous and not covered, painted, or otherwise obscured from visual inspection.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 01080.

APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

01080-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01090 - ABBREVIATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

GENERAL Wherever in these Specifications and Contracts Documents the abbreviations, or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as specified herein.

1.2

ABBREVIATIONS AAMA AASHTO ACI ACPA ADEM AFBMA AGA AGMA AISC AISI ANSI APHA API APWA AREA ASA ASCE ASME ASTM AWS AWWA CFR CRSI EPA FS ISA MSS NACE NBFU NBS NCPI NEC NEMA NFPA NRMA NSF

ABBREVIATIONS

-

Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials American Concrete Institute American Concrete Pipe Association Alabama Dept. of Environmental Management Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association American Gas Association American Gear Manufacturers Association American Institute of Steel Construction American Iron and Steel Institute American National Standards Institute American Public Health Association American Petroleum Institute American Public Works Association American Railroad Engineering Association American Standards Association American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Testing and Materials American Welding Society American Water Works Association Code of Federal Regulations Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Environmental Protection Agency Federal Specifications Instrument Society of America Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry National Association of Corrosion Engineers National Board of Fire Underwriters National Bureau of Standards National Clay Pipe Institute National Electric Code National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association National Ready-Mix Association National Sanitation Foundation 01090-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

OSHA PCA PCI SBC SSPC UBC UL USDC WPCF AA

-

12-346

Occupational Safety and Health Administration Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Southern Building Code Steel Structures Painting Council Uniform Building Code Underwriters Laboratories United States Department of Commerce Water Pollution Control Federation Aluminum Association

END OF SECTION 01090.

ABBREVIATIONS

01090-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01150 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

LUMP SUM PRICE Payment for all work of this project shall be included in the Unit Price and Lump Sum Prices as listed in the Bid Proposal. The Price Bid shall be full compensation for all tools, materials, labor, equipment, bonds, insurance, overhead, taxes, profit and all appurtenances and incidentals to complete the work as indicated on the Contract Drawings and specified herein to complete this phase of the contract. Prior to submittal of the first pay request, the Contractor shall submit an itemized breakdown of each item in the Bid Schedule to the Engineer for pay request purposes.

END OF SECTION 01150.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

01150 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01201 - PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

After award of bid and prior to beginning construction, a conference will be held with representatives of the Contractor, Owner, Engineer and the affected utility companies to discuss schedules and utility conflicts in the Project. This conference is intended to establish lines of communication between the parties involved. Time and place of preconstruction conference will be determined at time of bid award.

END OF SECTION 01201.

PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

01201-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01202 - PROGRESS MEETINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

The Owner may request meetings with the Contractor at any time on matters pertaining to the progress of Work being carried out under this Contract. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply whatever information is requested by the Owner concerning the Project throughout its duration and to meet with the Owner and Engineer. These meetings may be as often as monthly (or more often if conditions of the construction require)

END OF SECTION 01202.

PROGRESS MEETINGS

01202 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

GENERAL A.

Submit Schedule of Submittals and Construction, Insurance Certificates, List of Subcontractors, Anticipated Payment Schedule, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by the Contract Documents.

B.

Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Definitions and Additional Responsibilities of Parties:

Section 00700: Art. 1, 2.6.2., and 6.23 - 6.28 Section 00800: Art. SC 2.7, 2.8, 2.9 C.

List of Required Submittals: No.

SUBMITTALS

Description

Section No.

1.

Progress Schedule

00700

2.

Shop Drawing Submission Schedule

00700

3.

Payment Estimate Schedule

00700

4.

Certification of Insurance

00800

5.

List of Subcontractors

00800

6.

Testing Laboratories

00800

7.

Project Record Documents

01700

8.

Warranties and Bonds as Required

01700

9.

Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials

01700

10.

Release of Liens

01700

11.

Completed Operations Insurance

01700

12.

Contractor's Advertisement of Completion

01700

13.

Operation and Maintenance Data

01730

14.

Sludge Pumps

11351

15.

Screw Presses

11351

16.

Polymer Feed Systems

11351

17.

SCADA

16901

18.

Electrical

16051 º 16410

19.

Controls

16900

20.

Grating

05120 & 05500

21.

Flow Meters

15713EM

22.

Truck Scales

11710

23.

Mechanical Fans

Plans

01300-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

No.

D.

1.2

Description

12-346

Section No.

24.

Conveyor System

14550A

25.

Ductile Iron Piping and Fittings

15062

26.

PVC Piping and Fittings

02622

27.

Valves

15100

28.

Metal Building Siding & Insulation

07417

Designate in a construction schedule, or in a separate coordinated schedule, the dates for submission and the dates that reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples will be needed.

SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A.

Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and details, schedule or room numbers shown on Contract Drawings.

B. l.3

Minimum Sheet Size: 8-l/2" x 11"

PRODUCT DATA REQUIREMENTS A.

Preparation (l) (2) (3) (4)

B.

Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams. (l) (2)

l.4

Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work.

SAMPLES A.

Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: (l) (2)

l.5

Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models. Show performance characteristics and capacities. Show dimensions and clearances required. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.

Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. Full range of color, texture and pattern.

CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A.

SUBMITTALS

Review shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission.

01300-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

B.

Determine and verify: (l) (2) (3) (4)

1.6

12-346

Field measurements. Field construction criteria and required clearances. Catalog numbers and similar data. Conformance with specifications.

C.

Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents.

D.

Notify the Engineer in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents.

E.

Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Engineer approval.

SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A.

Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work.

B.

Number of submittals required: (1) (2) (3)

C.

Shop Drawings: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which the Contractor requires, plus four (4) copies which will be retained by the Engineer. Product Data: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus four (4) copies which will be retained by the Engineer. Samples: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two (2) copies which will be retained by the Engineer.

Submittals shall contain: A transmittal letter containing the date of submission. A cover sheet containing: (1) (2) (3)

(4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

The Project Title and Number. Contract Identification. The Name of: (a) Contractor (b) Supplier © Manufacturer Identification of the product, with the specification section number. A list of all the sheets indicated in the submittal. An itemization of all deviations from the contract documents. The Contractor's review stamp. Room for the Engineer's review stamp.

The shop drawings shall be included behind the cover sheet and shall contain: (1) (2) (3)

SUBMITTALS

The name of the manufacturer. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.

01300-3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

(4) (5) 1.7

A.

Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Engineer and resubmit until approved.

B.

Shop Drawings and Product Data:

C.

Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by the Engineer.

Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.

DISTRIBUTION A.

Distribute reproductions of shop drawings and copies of product data which carry the Engineer stamp of approval to: (1) (2) (3) (4)

B. 1.9

Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. Identification of revisions on resubmittals.

RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

(1) (2)

1.8

12-346

Job Site file. Record Document file. Subcontractors as required. Supplier or Fabricator as required.

Distribute samples which carry the Engineer stamp of approval as directed by the Engineer.

ENGINEER DUTIES A.

Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accord with schedule (twenty-one days unless otherwise noted).

B.

Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate requirements for resubmittal, or approval of submittal.

C.

Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)

END OF SECTION 01300.

SUBMITTALS

01300-4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval construction planning, scheduling, and cost value documentation pertaining to the project as detailed herein and shall update same throughout project as required.

1.2

1.3

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.

Within ten (10) working days of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the products required by this Section of the Specifications.

B.

Within seven (7) working days following receipt of same the Engineer shall arrange for a meeting with the Contractor so as to familiarize the Engineer with the Contractor's proposed construction plans and schedules.

C.

Within seven (7) working days following the Engineer's review the Contractor shall resubmit a corrected copy of those documents requiring revision.

D.

Within seven (7) working days following his receipt of the adequately revised documents the Engineer will approve same for use on the project.

E.

Once approved, the Contractor shall submit five (5) copies of the construction scheduling documents to the Engineer for use on the project.

F.

The Contractor shall update the work schedules at least monthly and indicate those activities whose completion dates are in jeopardy because of activities behind schedule.

G.

The Owner may require the Contractor to modify any portions of the work schedule that become infeasible because of "activities behind schedule" or for any other valid reason. Any such modification will be at the Contractor's expense unless the modification is required to accommodate schedule revisions required by the Owner.

H.

An activity that cannot be completed by its original latest completion date shall be deemed to be behind schedule.

CHANGE ORDERS Upon approval of a Change Order by the Owner the approved change shall be reflected in the next submittal by the Contractor.

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING

01310-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.4

12-346

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A.

The Construction Progress Schedule shall be submitted in form satisfactory to the Owner showing: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Activity Number Activity Description Estimated Activity Duration (Work Days) Activity Start Date (Calendar Dated) Activity Finish Date (Calendar Dated) Activity Cost

of each of the various subdivisions of work required under the Contract Document, Specifications, and Drawings.

1.5

1.6

B.

The anticipated amount of each monthly payment that will become due the Contractor in accordance with the progress schedule shall be included thereon. This anticipated monthly payment schedule shall distribute the costs of the project more or less evenly over the scheduled project life in a manner acceptable to the Owner and compatible with the Owner's funding arrangements for the project. Resubmittal will be required until anticipated monthly payment schedule is acceptable to Owner. For this project, substantial variation from this schedule of payments will not be permitted.

C.

The activity durations shall be depicted in the form of a bar chart and shall be overlaid with graph of the cumulative anticipated monthly payments due the Contractor.

ESTIMATES A.

The Detailed Estimates shall give a complete and satisfactory breakdown of the contract amount.

B.

Periodic Itemized Estimates shall detail work done for the purpose of tabulation partial payments thereon.

PROJECT INFORMATION A.

Each tabulation shall be prefaced with the following summary data: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Project Name Contractor Type of Tabulation (Initial or Updated with revision number) Project Duration Project Scheduled Completion Date Effective or Starting Date of the Schedule If an updated (revised) schedule, the new project completion date and project status.

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING

01310-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.7

1.8

12-346

SCHEDULE MONITORING A.

When specifically requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a revised schedule for those activities that remain to occur.

B.

The revised schedule shall be submitted in the form, sequence, and of the number of copies requested for the initial schedule.

COST VALUE FOR ACTIVITIES A.

The Contractor shall establish and submit a cost value for each activity in his progress schedule and estimates so that monthly partial payments to the Contractor can be calculated on the basis of work in place.

B.

Subject to the provisions for "Partial Payment" in the General Conditions of the Contract all cost value reports for network activities shall be based upon the close of books as of the 20th day of each month, and the submittal of such costs value for activities shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval not later than the 25th day of each month.

C.

Wherever in the Supplementary General Provisions it is provided that payments will be allowed for materials delivered to the site but not yet incorporated in the work, subject to the terms and conditions specified in the General Conditions, separate pay items shall be established for the furnishing and for the installation of such items.

D.

Costs of materials delivered to the site but not yet incorporated into the work shall be included as a separate pay item and shall not be included in the cost value of the installation activity for such materials.

END OF SECTION 01310.

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING

01310-3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01505 - SAFETY IN WASTEWATER WORKS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.

The Contractor shall be responsible for conducting all work in a safe manner and shall take reasonable precautions to ensure the safety and protection of works, property, and the general public. The Contractor's responsibility for protecting the public is described in the "General Conditions".

B.

All construction work shall be conducted in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, as well as any other local and state safety codes and regulations.

C.

The Contractor shall designate a trained and qualified employee who is to be responsible for ensuring that the work is performed safely and in conformance with all applicable regulations. The name and resume of the designated safety supervisor shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to commencing any construction work.

D.

The Contractor shall determine for himself the safety hazards involved in prosecuting the work and the precautions necessary to conduct the work safely. If the Contractor is unsure as to any special hazards which may be unique on this project, it shall be his responsibility to hire a qualified professional to assist the Contractor in completing the project in a safe manner.

E.

The Contractor shall bear all risks associated with performing the work and shall fully indemnify the Owner and Engineer.

F.

The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of the Trench Safety Act.

END OF SECTION 01505.

SAFETY IN WASTEWATER WORKS

01505 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

DESCRIPTION Furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction; remove on completion of work.

1.2

REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.

Comply with National Electric Code.

B.

Comply with Federal, State, and local codes and regulations and with utility company requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS, GENERAL Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.

2.2

2.3

TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A.

Arrange with utility company, provide service required for power and lighting and pay all costs for service and for power used.

B.

Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate for work.

TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A.

Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity.

B.

Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases.

C.

Portable heaters shall meet all code requirements.

D.

Pay all costs of installation, maintenance, operation and removal and for fuel used.

TEMPORARY UTILITIES

01510-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.4

TEMPORARY WATER A.

2.5

12-346

Arrange with utility service company and provide water for construction purposes. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal and all service charges for water.

TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A.

Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations.

B.

Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

3.2

GENERAL A.

Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service.

B.

Modify and extend systems as work progress requires.

REMOVAL A.

Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required.

B.

Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.

END OF SECTION 01510.

TEMPORARY UTILITIES

01510-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01562 - DUST CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

Limit blowing dust caused by construction operations by applying water or employing other appropriate means or methods to maintain dust control, subject to the approval of the Owner.

END OF SECTION 01562.

DUST CONTROL

01562-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01610 - GENERAL MATERIALS STIPULATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SCOPE A.

1.2

These General Materials Stipulations apply, in general, to all equipment and piping. They supplement the detailed specifications, but in case of conflict, the detailed specifications shall govern. COORDINATION

A.

1.3

The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the coordination of the installation of all materials and products furnished under these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be completely responsible for verification that all structures, piping and components furnished by him and/or his Subcontractors and Suppliers are compatible. The Contractor shall start up each system and shall make all necessary adjustments to place each system in proper operating condition. PATENT ROYALTIES

A.

1.4

All royalties and fees for patents covering materials, articles, apparatus, devices, or equipment shall be included in prices bid by the Contractor. Attention is directed to the requirements of the "General Conditions" concerning patents. GUARANTEE

A.

1.5

The Contractor shall guarantee all material against faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or erection, defective materials, defective workmanship breakage or other failure. The guarantee period shall be defined in The General Conditions. WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS

A.

All material shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with the best modern engineering and shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gages so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable. Material shall be new and shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests.

B.

Materials shall be suitable for service conditions. Iron castings shall be tough, close grained, gray iron free from blowholes, flaws, or excessive shrinkage and shall conform to ASTM A 48, Class 30 minimum. Plugging of defective castings shall not be permitted. Castings shall be annealed to remove internal stresses prior to machining and shall have the mark number and heat number cast on them.

GENERAL MATERIALS STIPULATIONS

01610 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

C.

1.6

12-346

Except where otherwise specified, structural and miscellaneous fabricated steel shall conform to the Standards of the American Institute of Steel Construction. SHOP PRIMING AND PAINTING

A.

All iron and carbon steel surfaces of shop fabricated equipment and all ferrous and nonferrous surfaces specified to be shop primed or painted shall be painted in the shop with one or more coats of primer.

B.

All surfaces to be primed in the shop shall have all rust, mill scale, grease, oils, mud, dirt, welding flux, slag, weld spatter, and other foreign material removed after fabrication and prior to application of primer. Welds shall be scraped, chipped, and brushed as necessary to remove all embedded slag or weld spatter. Sharp edges of cut or sheared edges shall be dulled by at least one pass of a power grinder to improve paint adherence. Surface preparation prior to shop priming shall conform to that specified in the detailed equipment specifications. Where surface preparation prior to shop priming is not otherwise specified, iron and carbon steel surfaces that will not be placed in immersion service shall be given a commercial blast cleaning in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SP-6. Iron and carbon steel surfaces that will be placed in immersion service shall be blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning. Galvanized, aluminum and stainless steel surfaces shall be abrasive blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP 7 Brush Off Blast Cleaning producing a minimum anchor profile of 1.0 mil. Copper surfaces shall be cleaned with a mild solution of phosphoric acid and buffed or polished to a bright finish. Cleaned surfaces shall be primed immediately after cleaning. Sand-blasting shall not be permitted on electrical or mechanical equipment after assembly. Sandblasting shall achieve an anchor pattern or blast profile of between 30 and 40 percent of the dry film thickness of the first applied coat of primer.

C.

Primers shall be applied with suitable brushes, rollers, or spray equipment at a rate of application not to exceed the manufacturer's recommended rate for the surface being painted. Primer shall not be applied in areas where there is an excessive amount of dust present in the air. Primer shall be mixed, stored, and applied in strict adherence to the manufacturer's recommendations. Primed surfaces shall be smooth and free of brush marks, streaks, laps, runs, or skipped or missed areas. Special care shall be taken to ensure that all cracks, corners, and crevices are filled with primer. Shop primed materials shall not be handled or assembled until the shop coating is dry and hard.

D.

Where shop primers are not otherwise specified, iron and carbon steel surfaces shall be coated with one coat of NSF approved, organic zinc rich urethane primer equal to Tnemec Series 91 H20 Hydro-Zinc applied to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2.5 mils. Galvanized, stainless steel and aluminum surfaces shall be coated with one coat of polyamide epoxy primer equal to Tnemec Series 20 Pota-Pox applied at a rate to achieve 2.0 mils minimum.

E.

Unless otherwise specified, miscellaneous iron castings shall be given a commercial blast cleaning and coated in the shop with one coat of Polyamidoamine epoxy applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 6.0 mils. Polyamidoamine epoxy shall equal Tnemec Series N140-1211 Pota-Pox Plus.

GENERAL MATERIALS STIPULATIONS

01610 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01610

GENERAL MATERIALS STIPULATIONS

01610 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01620 - TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

1.1

GENERAL The Contractor shall provide transportation of all equipment, materials, and products furnished under these Contract Documents to the site of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall provide preparation for shipment and storage, unloading, handling and rehandling, short-term storage, extended storage, storage facilities, maintenance and protection during storage, preparation for installation, and all other work and incidental items necessary or convenient to the Contractor for the satisfactory prosecution and completion of the work.

1.2

1.3

TRANSPORTATION A.

All material shall be suitably boxed, crated, or otherwise protected during transportation.

B.

The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the equipment is assembled and transported in such a manner so as to clear buildings, power lines, bridges, and similar structures encountered during shipment or delivery to the site of the work.

HANDLING A.

All equipment, materials, and products shall be carefully handled to prevent damage or excessive deflections during unloading or transportation. All equipment, materials, and products damaged during transportation or handling shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner prior to being incorporated into the work.

B.

Under no circumstances shall equipment or products such as pipe, structural steel, casting, reinforcement, etc., be thrown or rolled off of trucks onto the ground.

C.

Items such as nonmetallic pipe, shall be handled using nonmetallic slings or straps.

END OF SECTION 01620.

TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

01620-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01630 - STORAGE AND PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

1.2

GENERAL A.

Material shall be received, inspected, unloaded, handled, stored, maintained, and protected by the Contractor in a suitable location on or off site, if necessary, until such time as installation is required.

B.

Storage and protection of Contractor-furnished equipment shall be in strict conformance with the requirements of the section entitled "General Materials Stipulations" of these Specifications.

STORAGE A.

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing satisfactory storage facilities which are acceptable to the Engineer. In the event that satisfactory facilities cannot be provided on site, satisfactory warehouse, acceptable to the Engineer, will be provided by the Contractor for such time until the equipment, materials, and products can be accommodated at the site.

B.

Equipment, materials and products which are stored in a satisfactory warehouse acceptable to the Engineer will be eligible for progress payments as though they had been delivered to the job site.

C.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance and protection of all equipment, materials, and products placed in storage and shall bear all costs of storage, preparation for transportation, rehandling, and preparation for installation.

D.

Equipment and products stored outdoors shall be supported above the ground on suitable wooden blocks or braces arranged to prevent excessive deflection or bending between supports. Items such as pipe, structural steel, and sheet construction products shall be stored with one end elevated to facilitate drainage.

E.

Tarps and other coverings shall be supported above the stored equipment or materials on wooden strips to provide ventilation under the cover and minimize condensation. Tarps and covers shall be arranged to prevent ponding of water.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT APPLICABLE END OF SECTION 01630.

STORAGE AND PROTECTION

01630-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

Comply with requirements stated in General, Supplemental and Special Conditions and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work.

B.

Related requirements in other parts of the Project Manual: (l)

C.

Related requirements specified in other sections: (l) (2) (3)

1.2

Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional administrative requirements: General Supplemental and Special Conditions.

Section 01710: Cleaning Section 01720: Record Documents Section 01730: Operating and Maintenance Data

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A.

When Contractor considers the work is substantially complete, he shall submit to Engineer: (l) (2)

A written notice that the work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. A list of items to be completed or corrected.

B.

Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Engineer will make an inspection to determine the status of completion.

C.

Should Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete:

D.

(l) (2)

Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefor. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work, and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Engineer.

(3)

Engineer will reinspect the work.

When Engineer finds that the work is substantially complete, he will: (l) (2)

Prepare and deliver to Owner a tentative letter of Substantial Completion with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. After consideration of any objections made by the Owner as provided in General, Supplemental and Special Conditions, and when Engineer considers the work

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

01700-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

substantially complete, he will execute and deliver to the Owner and the Contractor a definite Letter of Substantial Completion with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected. 1.3

FINAL INSPECTION A.

When Contractor considers the work is complete, he shall submit written certification that: (l) (2) (3) (4) (5)

B.

Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status promptness after receipt of such certification.

C.

Should Engineer consider that the work is incomplete or defective: (l) (2) (3)

D.

1.4

of completion with reasonable

Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to Engineer that the work is complete. Engineer will reinspect the work.

When the Engineer finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals and begin project Advertisement of Completion.

REINSPECTION FEES A.

Should the Engineer perform reinspections due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor: (l) (2)

1.5

Contract Documents have been reviewed. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. Work is completed and ready for final inspection.

Owner will compensate Engineer for such additional services. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment to the Contractor.

CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ENGINEER A.

Section 01720: Project Record Documents

B.

Warranties and Bonds as required.

C.

Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials as required.

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

01700-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.6

D.

Release of Liens - A certified letter from the Contractor to release and discharge the Owner, its officers, agents and employees of and from all liabilities, obligations, and claims under or arising out of said contract.

E.

Completed Operations Insurance - Submit certificates of completed operations insurance coverage for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner or the date of payment of the final amounts owed the Contractor by the Owner whichever occurs first.

F.

Contractor's Advertisement of Completion - The Contractor immediately after being notified by the Engineer that all other requirements of his contract have been completed shall give notice of said completion by an advertisement for a period of 4 successive weeks in some newspaper of general circulation published within the county or counties where the work is performed. Proof of publication of said notice shall be made by the Contractor to the Owner, by affidavit of the publisher and a printed copy of the published notice. If no newspaper is published in any county where the work is done, the notice may be given by posting at the Court House for 30 days and proof of same shall be made by the Probate Judge or Sheriff and the Contractor.

FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A.

Submit a final settlement of accounting to Engineer.

B.

Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: (l) (2)

(3) (4) (5) C.

1.7

12-346

The Original Contract Sum. Additions and deductions resulting from: (a) Previous Change Orders (b) Unit Prices (c) Deductions for uncorrected work (d) Penalties and Bonuses (e) Deductions for liquidated damages (f) Deductions for reinspection payments (g) Other adjustments Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. Previous Payments Sum remaining due

Engineer will prepare a final change order, reflecting approval adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders.

FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract. Included in the Final Application For Payment shall be the affidavit of the Advertisement For Completion, Release of Liens, and Proof of Completed Operations Insurance.

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

01700-3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

ADVERTISEMENT OF COMPLETION

(Contractor) (Address) give notice of completion of Sludge Dewatering Facility Upgrade - Little Choctawhatchee Wastewater Treatment Facility (Project) and sets

as the date of final settlement.

All persons and firms should file all claims for payment to the below address prior to the settlement date:

By:

(Name) (Title)

Leg:

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

(Publication Dates)

01700-4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

CONTRACTOR'S RELEASE OF LIENS

STATE OF: COUNTY OF:

Before me, the undersigned Notary Public in and for the said County and State personally appeared

, representing the Contractor, , who being duly sworn

according to law deposes and says that all labor, materials, and outstanding claims and indebtedness of whatever nature arising out of the performance of the Contract with the City of Dothan, Alabama, the Owner, for Sludge Dewatering Facility Upgrade - Little Choctawhatchee Wastewater Treatment Facility, have been paid in full and that for the final payment in the amount of $ , the Contractor releases and discharges the Owner and his authorized representatives from any liens or claims of any nature because of or arising from this contract and/or its performance, which it has had, has or may have in the future.

By:

Sworn to and subscribed before me this

day of

.

(Notary Public) My Commission Expires

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

01700-5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01710 - CLEANING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

DESCRIPTION Execute cleaning during progress of the work at completion of the work and as required by General Conditions.

1.2

DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and antipollution laws.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS A.

Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces.

B.

Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned.

C.

Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

3.2

DURING CONSTRUCTION A.

Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations.

B.

Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish.

C.

Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site.

DUST CONTROL A.

Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis until painting is finished.

B.

Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly coated surfaces.

CLEANING

01710-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.3

12-346

FINAL CLEANING A.

Employ skilled persons for final cleaning.

B.

Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.

C.

Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.

D.

Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.

E.

Ventilating Systems: (l) (2)

Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction.

F.

Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of the grounds.

G.

Prior to final completion, or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and all work areas, to verify that the entire work is clean.

END OF SECTION 01710.

CLEANING

01710-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01711 - CLEANUP PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

GENERAL This section covers the general cleaning which the Contractor shall be required to perform both during construction and before final acceptance of the project unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in these Specifications.

1.2

1.3

HAZARD CONTROL A.

The Contractor shall prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions.

B.

Burning or burying rubbish and waste materials on the site shall not be allowed.

C.

Disposal of volatile wastes into sanitary or storm sewers shall not be allowed.

DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIALS A.

1.4

Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, specified or directed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus excavated materials and equipment from demolition, legally off the site, and shall provide his own suitable, off-site spoil area, or on a site designated by the Owner.

FINAL CLEANING The Contractor shall: A.

Remove from the site all plant, material, tools and equipment belonging to him, and leave the site with an appearance acceptable to the Engineer.

B.

The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and new-appearing condition.

C.

Restoration of Landscape Damage. Any landscape feature scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to its original condition at the Contractor's expense. The Engineer will decide what method of restoration shall be used.

D.

Post-Construction Cleanup or Obliteration. The Contractor shall obliterate all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work areas, structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, or any other vestiges of construction, as directed by the Engineer.

CLEANUP

01711-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 2 - PRODUCTS- NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT APPLICABLE

END OF SECTION 01711.

CLEANUP

01711-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

DESCRIPTION Maintain at the site for the Owner one record of: (l) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

1.2

Drawings Specifications Addenda Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract Engineer Field Orders or written instructions Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Field Test Records.

RELATED WORK ELSEWHERE Section 01300: Submittals Section 01700: Contract Closeout

1.3

MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A.

Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. (l) (2)

1.4

Provide files and racks for storage of documents Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space storage samples.

B.

File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index.

C.

Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes.

D.

Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Engineer.

RECORDING A.

Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters.

B.

Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.

C.

Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction: (1)

Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

01720-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) D.

Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. Field changes of dimension and detail. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. Details not on original contract drawings.

Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each Section to record: (l) (2)

1.5

12-346

Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.

SUBMITTALS A.

At Contract close-out, deliver Record Documents to Engineer for the Owner.

B.

Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: (l) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Date Project Title and number Contractor's name and address Title and number of each Record Document Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT APPLICABLE

END OF SECTION 01720.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

01720-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

l.2

Compile product data and related information appropriate for products furnished under the contract. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of specifications.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: (l) (2) (3) (4)

l.3

Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products. Completely familiar with requirements of this section. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepare required drawings.

CONTENT OF SUBMITTALS A.

General (l)

(2)

B.

Product Data: (l) (2)

C.

List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: (a) Subcontractor or installer (b) Maintenance contractor, as appropriate (c) Identify the area of responsibility of each (d) Local source of supply parts and replacement. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents.

Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. Annotate each sheet to: (a) Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. (b) Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. (c) Delete reference to inapplicable information.

Drawings: (l)

(2) (3)

Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: (a) Regulations of component parts of equipment and system. (b) Control and flow diagrams. Coordinate drawings with information in Product Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed information. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

01730-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

D.

Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation. (l) (2)

E.

Proper procedures in the event of failure. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.

SUBMITTALS FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A.

Submit three (3) copies.

B.

Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: (l)

(2)

C.

Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. (a) Catalog number, size, composition. (b) Color and texture designations. (c) Information required for re-ordering special-manufactured products. Instructions for care and maintenance. (a) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. (b) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. (c) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products. (l)

(2) l.5

Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.

Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: (l) (2)

1.4

12-346

Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. (a) Applicable standards (b) Chemical composition (c) Details of installation Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.

SUBMITTALS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A.

Submit three (3) copies.

B.

Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: (l)

(2)

Description of unit and component parts. (a) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. (b) Performance curves, engineering data and tests. (c) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. Operating Procedures: (a) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. (b) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. (c) Summer and winter operating instructions.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

01730-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

(3)

(4) (5) (6) (7)

(8) (9) (10) (11) (12) C.

12-346

(d) Special operating instructions. Maintenance Procedures: (a) Routine operations. (b) Guide to "trouble-shooting". (c) Disassembly, repair and reassembly. (d) Alignment, adjusting and checking. Servicing and lubrication schedule. (a) List of lubricants required. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. (a) Predicted life of parts subject to wear. (b) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. Each contractor's coordination drawings. (a) As-installed color coded piping diagrams. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.

Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate. (l)

(2)

(3) (4)

(5)

(6) (7) (8)

Description of system and component parts. (a) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. (b) Performance curves, engineering data and tests. (c) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. Circuit directories of panelboards. (a) Electrical service. (b) Controls. (c) Communications. As-installed color coded wiring diagram. Operating procedures: (a) Routine and normal operating instructions. (b) Sequences required. (c) Special operating instructions. Maintenance procedures: (a) Routine operations. (b) Guide to "trouble-shooting". (c) Disassembly, repair and reassembly. (d) Adjustment and checking. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. Other data as required under pertinent sections of the specifications:

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

01730-3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

D.

12-346

Provide complete information for products specified in: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Section 11700: Section 11710: Section 14550A: Section 15100: Section 15173EM: Section 11351: Section 11351: Section 11351: Section 16900: Section 16901:

Forklift Trucks Truck Scales Shafted Screw Conveyor Valves Flow Meters Screw Presses Polymer Feed Systems Seepex Pumps & Motors Controls SCADA System

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT APPLICABLE

PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT APPLICABLE

END OF SECTION 01730.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

01730-4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

PROJECT MAINTENANCE AND WARRANTY A.

Maintain and keep in good repair the improvements covered by these Drawings and Specifications during the life of the Contract.

B.

Indemnify the Owner against any repairs which may become necessary to any part of the work performed and to items of equipment and systems procured for or furnished under this Contract, arising from defective workmanship or materials used therein, for a period of one (1) year after acceptance from the final date of final resolution of the Owner accepting work.

C.

The Contractor shall not be obligated to make replacements which become necessary because of ordinary wear and tear, or as a result of improper operation or maintenance, or as a result of improper work or damage by another Contractor or the Owner, or to perform any work which is normally performed by a maintenance crew during operation.

D.

In the event of multiple failures of major consequences prior to the expiration of the one-year warranty described above, the affected unit shall be disassembled, inspected, and modified or replaced as necessary to prevent further occurrences. All related components which may have been damaged or rendered non-serviceable as a consequence of the failure shall be replaced. A new twelve (12) month warranty against defective or deficient design, workmanship, and materials shall commence on the day that the item is reassembled and placed back into operation. As used herein, multiple failures shall be interpreted to mean two (2) or more successive failures of the same kind in the same item or failures of the same kind in two (2) or more items. Major failures may include, but are not limited to, cracked or broken housings, piping, or vessels, excessive deflections, bent or broken shafts, broken or chipped gear teeth, premature bearing failure, excessive wear, or excessive leakage around seals. Failures which are directly and clearly traceable to operator abuse, such as operations in conflict with published operating procedures, or improper maintenance, such as substitution of unauthorized replacement parts, use of incorrect lubricants or chemicals, flagrant over- or under-lubrication, and using maintenance procedures not conforming with published maintenance instructions, shall be exempted from the scope of the one-year warranty. Should multiple failures occur in a given time, all products of the same size and type shall be disassembled, inspected, modified or replaced, as necessary and rewarranted for one year.

E.

The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment required and shall make such repairs and removals or shall perform such work or reconstruction as may be made necessary by any structural or functional defect or failure resulting from neglect, faulty workmanship or faulty materials, in any part of the Work performed by him. Such repair shall also include refilling of trenches, excavations or embankments which show settlement or erosion after backfilling or placement.

WARRANTIES AND BONDS

01740-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

F.

Except as noted on the Drawings or as specified, all structures such as embankments and fences shall be returned to their original condition prior to the completion of the Contract. Any and all damage to any facility not designated for removal, resulting from the Contractor's operations, shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.

G.

The Contractor shall be responsible for all road and entrance reconstruction and repairs and maintenance of same for a period of one year from the date of such reconstruction. In the event the repairs and maintenance are not made immediately and it becomes necessary for the Owner of the road to make such repairs, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner of the road for the cost of such repairs.

H.

In the event the Contractor fails to proceed to remedy the defects of which he has been notified within fifteen (15) days of the date of such notice, the Owner reserves the right to cause the required materials to be procured and the work to be done, as described in the Drawings and Specifications, and to hold the Contractor and the sureties on his bond liable for the cost and expense thereof.

I.

Notice to Contractor for repairs and reconstruction will be made in the form of a registered letter addressed to the Contractor at his home office.

J.

Neither the foregoing paragraphs nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor any special guarantee time limit implies any limitation of the Contractor's liability with the law of the place of construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT APPLICABLE

END OF SECTION 01740.

WARRANTIES AND BONDS

01740-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 02220 - EARTHWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A.

1.2

Section 02740 - Base Course for Pavements Section 02741 - Asphalt Paving Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete

SCOPE A.

This specification section includes earthwork and related operations, including, but not limited to, final grubbing the construction site, dewatering, excavating all classes of material encountered, pumping, draining and handling of water encountered in the excavations, handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of all excavated and unsuitable material, construction of fills and embankments, backfilling around structures and pipe, backfilling all trenches and pits, compacting, all sheeting, shoring and bracing, preliminary preparation of subgrades, surfacing and grading, and any other similar, incidental, or appurtenant earth-work operation which may be necessary to properly complete the work.

B.

The Contractor shall provide all services, labor, materials, and equipment required for all earthwork and related operations necessary or convenient to the Contractor for furnishing a complete work as shown on the Drawings or specified in these Contract Documents.

1.3

GENERAL A.

Earthwork operations shall be performed in a safe and proper manner with appropriate precautions being taken against all hazards.

B.

All excavated and filled areas for structures, trenches, etc., shall be maintained by the Contractor in good condition at all times until final acceptance by the Owner. All damage caused by erosion or other construction operations shall be repaired by the Contractor using material of the same type as the damaged material.

C.

The Contractor shall control grading in a manner to prevent water from running into excavations. Obstruction of surface drainage shall be avoided and means shall be provided whereby storm water can be uninterrupted in existing gutters, other surface drains, or temporary drains. Material for backfill or for protection of excavation in public roads from surface drainage shall be neatly placed and kept shaped so as to cause the least possible interference with public travel. Free access must be provided to all fire hydrants, meters, and private drives.

D.

No classification of excavated materials will be made. Excavation and trenching work shall include the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the contract work, regardless of the type, character, composition, or condition thereof.

EARTHWORK

02220 -1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

E.

Tests of compaction and density shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer. Costs of compaction tests performed by an independent testing laboratory shall be paid for directly by the Contractor. The Contractor shall make all necessary excavations and shall supply any samples of materials necessary for conducting compaction and density tests. The cost of all retests made necessary by the failure of materials to conform to the requirements of these Contract Documents shall be paid by the Contractor.

F.

All earthwork operations shall comply with the requirements of OSHA Construction Standards, Part 1926, Subpart P, Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, and Subpart O, Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations.

G.

It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has made a thorough investigation of the surface and subsurface conditions of the project and any special construction problems which might arise as a result of nearby watercourses and flood plains, particularly in areas where construction activities may encounter water-bearing sands and gravels or limestone solution channels. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all services, labor, equipment, and materials necessary or convenient to him for completing the work within the time specified in these Contract Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

EARTH BACKFILL A.

Fine, sound, loose earth containing optimum moisture content for compaction to 100% of maximum density, free from all wood, vegetable matter, debris, and other objectionable material, and having scattered clods, stones, or broken concrete less than 1½ inches in maximum dimension except that the maximum particle size shall be ¾-inch when used with PVC or other flexible thermoplastic pipe.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INITIAL SITE PREPARATION A.

3.2

Preparatory to beginning of construction operations, the Contractor shall remove from the site all vegetable growth, brush, stumps, roots, debris, topsoil and any other objectionable matter which, if left in place, would interfere with the proper performance or completion of the contemplated work, would impair its subsequent use, or would form obstructions therein.

DEWATERING A.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and properly dispose of all water from any source entering the excavations or other parts of the work. Dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations. Methods of dewatering may include sump pumps, well points, deep wells, or other suitable methods which do not damage or weaken structures, foundations, or subgrades. Shallow excavations may be dewatered using open ditches provided such ditches are kept open and free-draining at all times. The actual dewatering methods used shall be acceptable to the Engineer.

EARTHWORK

02220 -2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

B.

Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, no concrete or mortar shall be placed in water nor shall water be allowed to rise over newly-placed concrete or mortar for at least 24 hours after placement. No concrete structure shall be exposed to unequal hydrostatic forces until the concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength. Water shall not be allowed to rise above bedding during pipe-laying operations. The Contractor shall exercise care to prevent damage to pipelines or structures resulting from flotation, undermining, or scour. Dewatering operations shall commence when ground or surface water is first encountered and shall be continuous until such times as water can safely be allowed to rise in accordance with the provisions of this section.

C.

Standby pumping equipment shall be on the jobsite. A minimum of one standby unit shall be available for immediate installation should any pumping unit fail. The design and installation of well points or deep wells shall be suitable for the accomplishment of the work. Drawings or diagrams on proposed well point or deep well dewatering systems shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.

D.

The Contractor shall dispose of the water from the work in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property. Conveyance of the water shall be such as to not interfere with traffic flow or treatment facilities operation. The Contractor will be held responsible for the condition of any pipe or conduit which he may use for drainage purposes, and all such pipes or conduits shall be left clean and free of sediment.

3.3

SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING A.

The sides of all excavations shall be sufficiently sheeted, shored, and braced as necessary to prevent slides, cave-ins, settlement or movement of the banks, to maintain the excavation clear of all obstructions, and to provide safe working conditions. Wood or steel sheeting of approved design and type shall be used in wet, saturated or flowing ground. All sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to withstand the pressure exerted and to maintain shape and position under all circumstances.

B.

The responsibility for correctly assessing the need for sheeting and analyzing the stresses induced shall be the total responsibility of the Contractor. Since the Engineer does not dictate or determine the Contractor's sequence or limits of excavation, the Engineer assumes no responsibility for sheeting and shoring. The Contractor must employ or otherwise provide for adequate professional structural and geotechnical engineering supervision to assess the need for sheeting and shoring and design same. Results of sheeting and shoring analysis and design shall be submitted to the Engineer on request.

C.

Excavations adjacent to existing or proposed buildings and structures, or in paved streets or alleys shall be sheeted, shored, and braced adequately to prevent undermining beneath or subsequent settlement of such structures or pavements. Underpinning of adjacent structures shall be done when necessary to maintain structures in safe condition. Any damage to structures or pavements occurring through settlements, water or earth pressures, slides, caves, or other causes; due to failure or lack of sheeting or bracing, or due to improper bracing; or occurring through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any other manner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own expense.

D.

Sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials shall not be left in place unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer in writing. Such materials shall be removed in such manner that no danger or damage will occur to new or existing structures or property, public or private, and so that cave-ins or slides will not take place. Trench sheeting shall be left in place until

EARTHWORK

02220 -3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

backfill has been brought to a level 12 inches above the top of the pipe. It shall then be cut off and the upper portion removed. Sheeting for structures shall be left in place until backfill has been brought to a level of 12 inches above the top of the bottom footing. It shall then be cut off and the upper portion removed. E.

3.4

All holes and voids left in the work by the removal of sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall be filled and thoroughly compacted.

EXCAVATION A.

General: 1.

2.

3.

B.

Excavation shall include the removal of all material from an area necessary for the construction of a pipeline or structure. Excavations shall provide adequate working space and clearances for the work to be performed therein. Where quicksand, soft clay, spongy, swampy or other materials unsuitable for subgrade or foundation purposes are encountered below the excavation limits, they shall be removed and disposed of to the level of suitable material. Areas so excavated shall be backfilled with compacted layers of ASTM C-136, #67 crushed rock or other approved material conforming to the requirements specified herein for backfill to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Barriers shall be placed at each end of all excavations and at such places as may be necessary along excavations to warn all pedestrian and vehicular traffic of such excavations. All excavations shall be barricaded in such a manner as to prevent persons from falling or walking into any excavation.

Trench Excavation: 1.

2.

3.

4.

EARTHWORK

Trench excavation shall consist of the removal of materials necessary for the construction of force mains, water, sewer, and other pipelines and all appurtenant facilities including manholes, inlets, outlets, headwalls, collars, concrete saddles, piers, and pipe protection called for on the Drawings. Excavation for pipelines shall be made in open cut unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. Trenches shall be cut true to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or established by the Engineer on the ground. The banks of trenches shall be cut in vertical, parallel planes equidistant from the pipe centerline. From an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe to the bottom of the trench, the horizontal distance between vertical planes for different sizes of pipe shall not exceed those shown on the Drawings. When sheeting is used, the width of the trench shall be considered as the distance between the inside faces of the sheeting. The bottom of the trench shall be cut carefully to the required grade of the pipe except where bedding materials or cradles are shown, in which case the excavation shall extend to the bottom of the bedding or cradles as shown on the Drawings. Minimum pipe cover shall be as shown on the Drawings or specified in these Contract Documents. The use of a motor-powered trenching machine will be permitted but full responsibility for the preservation, replacement, and/or repair of damage to any existing utility services and private property shall rest with the Contractor. Bell holes for bell and spigot pipe and/or mechanical joint pipe shall be excavated at proper intervals so the barrel of the pipe will rest for its entire length upon the bottom of the trench. Bell holes shall be large enough to permit proper installation of all joints in the pipe. Bell holes shall not be excavated more than 10 joints ahead of pipe laying. No part of any bell or

02220 -4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

5. 6.

7.

8.

9.

C.

coupling shall be in contact with the trench bottom, trench walls, or granular embedment when the pipe is jointed. Excavation for manholes, outlets, collars, saddles, piers, and other pipelines structures shall conform to the additional requirements specified herein for structural excavation. Pipe trenches shall not be excavated more than 200 feet in advance of pipe laying and all work shall be performed to cause the least possible inconvenience to the public. Adequate temporary bridges or crossings shall be constructed and maintained where required to permit uninterrupted vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the Drawings wherever pipe trenches are excavated below the elevation shown on the Drawings, the Contractor, at his own expense, shall fill the void thus made to the proper grade with compacted layers of ASTM C-136, #67 crushed rock or sand conforming to the requirements specified herein for backfill. In all cases where materials are deposited along open trenches they shall be placed so that no damage will result to the work and/or adjacent property in case of rain or other surface wash. In soft ground, quicksand, or in areas where soil conditions are such that pipe alignment, or bedding grade is endangered, the trench shall be excavated below bedding grade and then brought back to grade with crushed stone select foundation material. Stone stabilizer material shall be ASTM #67 crushed stone. Depth of stone shall be as shown on the plans.

Structural Excavation: 1.

2.

3.

3.5

12-346

Structural excavation shall consist of the removal of all materials necessary for the construction of structures, including buildings, aeration tanks, wetwells, dry wells, manholes, and other miscellaneous structures. The bottom of structural excavations shall be extended 5 feet past the bottom or floor slab and shall be true to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.. Except as provided herein for excavation of unsuitable material or rock, where the excavation is carried below the grade elevation shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall backfill the void thus made to the proper grade with select backfill. The soil shall then be brought to proper moisture content and compacted to a minimum of 95% of the soil’s maximum density as determined by the Modified Proctor Test (ASTM D 1557) for a depth of at least 3 feet. Areas that pump or yield during capaction should be excavated and replaced with select backfill as described above.

FILL/BACKFILLING A.

General: 1.

2.

3.

EARTHWORK

Unless otherwise specified herein, earth fill and backfill shall be compacted to not less than 92% of the soil’s maximum density as determined by the Modified Proctor Test (ASTM D1557). Material that is too dry for adequate compaction shall receive a prior admix of sufficient water to secure optimum moisture content. Material having excessive water content shall not be placed at any time. Unless otherwise specified herein backfill material required to be compacted shall be placed in horizontal layers not to exceed 6 inches in thickness (before compaction) and compacted in place by ramming, tamping, or rolling. Compaction shall be accomplished by power driven tools and machinery wherever possible. Compaction and consolidation of sand and backfill shall be accomplished using vibrating equipment.

02220 -5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

B.

Backfilling Trenches 1.

2.

C.

The backfilling of sewer, water, and other pipeline trenches shall be started immediately after the construction of same has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Earth backfill shall be placed in the trench on each side of the pipe in 6-inch layers for the full width of the trench and thoroughly and uniformly compacted by ramming and/or tamping to a minimum of 92% of the maximum density as determined by the Modified Proctor Test (ASTM D1557). Sufficient select earth backfill shall be placed beside and over the pipe and compacted to provide a cover of not less than 12 inches over the top of the pipe. Mechanical compactors or tampers shall not be used within 12 inches of pipe. Compaction in this area shall be accomplished by hand methods. Backfilling shall proceed simultaneously on both sides of the pipe to prevent lateral displacement. Caution shall be used during backfill operations for PVC or other flexible thermoplastic pipe to prevent pipe deformation. PVC or other flexible thermoplastic pipe shall not be subjected to roller or wheel loads until a minimum of 36 inches of backfill has been placed over the top of the pipe and hydrohammer shall NOT be used until a minimum depth of 48 inches backfill has been placed over the top of the pipe. Further backfill may be placed in 24O layers and compacted to the 92% of Modified Proctor Density. Under sidewalks and driveways, and at any other places subject to vehicular traffic or other superimposed loads, backfill shall be placed in 12 inches thick layers and to not less than 95% of the maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by the Modified Proctor Test (ASTM D1577) instead of the 92% specified above. The soil in the top 12O in areas under sidewalks and driveways shall be compacted to 98% of the soil’s maximum density as determined by the Modified Proctor Test (ASTM D1557).

Backfilling Around Structures: 1.

3.6

12-346

Backfilling around structures shall consist of common earth backfill placed in 6-inch layers and compacted by tamping to a minimum of 92% of the maximum density (except for areas subject to vehicular traffic, which shall be compacted to 95% of the maximum density) determined as specified herein for the full depth of the excavation from the bottom to the finished grade. No backfill shall be placed against concrete structures until the concrete has reached its specified 28-day compressive strength. Where practical, compaction of structural backfill shall be accomplished by power-driven tamping equipment.

TEST REPORTS A.

All testing, including necessary retests, will be paid for by Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish two (2) copies of all test reports within 24 hours to the Engineer's representative on the site. Tests shall be taken as follows: 1.

2.

3.

EARTHWORK

In Trenches more than 48Odeep: One proctor density test and one field density test at approximately 200 foot intervals at the points and depths selected by the Engineer plus one field density test at each manhole. Not Under Structures or In Trenches: One proctor density test and one field density test approximately every 6,000 sq. ft. and every 24 inches of fill at the points selected by the Engineer. Under Structures: One proctor density test and one field density test shall be made under each structure on the compacted soil surface at the points selected by the Engineer. One additional field density test shall be made under the aeration tank structure, the control and lab building and the electrical/blower/sludge dewatering building. 02220 -6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.7

12-346

DISPOSAL OF WASTE AND UNSUITABLE MATERIALS A.

All materials removed by excavation, which are suitable for the purpose, shall be used to the extent possible for filling or backfilling pipe trenches or for such other purposes as may be shown on the Drawings. All materials not used for such purposes shall be considered as waste materials and shall be stockpiled on the side southeast of the treatment plant.

B.

Unsuitable materials, consisting of wood, vegetable matter, debris, soft or spongy clay, peat, and other objectionable material shall be removed from the work site and disposed of by the Contractor.

3.8

FINAL GRADING A.

After other earthwork operations have been completed, the sites of all structures, and embankments shall be graded its final condition. The finished surfaces shall be left in smooth and uniform planes such as are normally obtainable from the use of hand tools. If the Contractor is able to obtain the required degree of evenness by means of mechanical equipment he will not be required to use hand labor methods. Slopes and ditches shall be neatly trimmed and finished to slopes shown on the Drawings unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

B.

Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, all finished ground surfaces shall be graded and dressed to present a surface varying not more than plus or minus 0.10 foot as regards to local humps or depressions and shall be acceptable to the Engineer.

3.9

MAINTENANCE OF TRENCHES A.

The Contractor shall provide backfill material for the trenches when settlement or washing of the trenches occur. The maintenance period shall cover a minimum of the time period from initial installation until the acceptance of the project by the Owner`. At no time during the maintenance period shall the trenches show a settlement of 2 inches without additional backfill being placed on the trenches. Maintenance is to be performed daily or as needed to maintain in good condition in the opinion of the Engineer and Owner.

PART 4 - WARRANTY

4.1

SETTLEMENT WARRANTY A.

The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and embankments which may occur within two (2) years after final acceptance of the work by the Owner.

B.

The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Engineer or Owner.

END OF SECTION 02220.

EARTHWORK

02220 -7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 02622- POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SCOPE A.

The work covered by this section includes furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials required to install and test polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe, including valves, unions, fittings, couplings, adaptors, and accessories, as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein.

B.

The Contractor’s attention is called to the fact that all PVC piping and accessories are not necessarily shown completely on the Drawings which are more or less schematic. However, the Contractor shall furnish and install all piping indicated or required for proper operation of the equipment or services requiring such piping.

C.

Contractor’s work includes collecting samples and having samples checked and approved for bacteriological analysis by the State Board of Health for water lines.

1.2

RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Section 02220 - Earthwork Section 15062 - Ductile Iron Piping and Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Fittings

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

The Contractor, at the Engineer’s request, shall furnish a certificate from the manufacturer of the pipe and fittings that the manufacturer is fully competent and capable of manufacturing PVC pipe and fittings of uniform texture and strength that will fully comply with these specifications and have so manufactured this class of pipe in sufficient quantities to be certain that it will meet all normal field conditions of usage. The manufacturer must have adequate equipment and quality control facilities to be sure that each extrusion of pipe is uniform in texture, dimensions, and strength.

B.

All pipe shall be tested and inspected at the place of manufacture for all requirements of the latest ASTM and Commercial Standard tests and certified copies of the test reports covering each shipment shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to laying.

C.

Each length of pipe and each fitting shall have the following data clearly marked on each piece: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Nominal size Type and grade of material and ASTM or AWWA standard SDR, DR, class, or schedule rating Manufacturer National Sanitation Foundation’s seal of approval

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

02622 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.4

12-346

SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA A.

1.5

Complete shop drawings and engineering data shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of the section entitled “Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples” of these Specifications. STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A.

PVC piping and accessories shall be stored and protected in accordance with the requirements of the section entitled “Storage and Protection” of these Specifications.

B.

PVC pipe and fitting shall be stored under cover.

C.

All pipe and accessories shall be stored aboveground and fully supported so as not to bend or deflect excessively under its own weight. Height of stacked pipe shall not exceed 4 feet. Bundled pipe shall not be stacked more than two (2) bundles high.

D.

Kinked, flattened, buckled, broken, or otherwise defective pipe and fittings shall not be used and shall be removed from the site.

E.

Pipe shall be handled using nylon slings. Wire rope slings or chains shall not be used.

1.6

COLOR A.

Pipe used to convey potable water shall be blue or shall be color coded or marked in accordance with 62.555.320(21)(b)3 F.A.C. Pipe used to convey wastewater shall be any color other than white, blue or purple.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A.

The pipe and fittings shall be homogenous throughout and be free from visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other injurious defects. The pipe shall be as uniform as commercially practical in color, opacity, density, and other physical properties.

B.

The manufacturer shall provide waterstops, acceptable to the Engineer, which shall be applied to the outside of plastic pipe when the pipe is to be enclosed in any structure where concrete or mortar is used which will prevent leakage along the outer wall of the barrel of the pipe.

C.

No single piece of pipe shall be laid on any project covered by this specification unless it is found to be generally straight. Such pipe shall have a maximum ordinate as measured from the concave side of the pipe not to exceed 1/16-inch per foot of length. If the deviation from straightness exceeds this requirement, then the particular piece of pipe shall be rejected for use until it can comply with this provision.

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

02622 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

D.

2.2

12-346

Wyes, tees, bends, and adapters and any other fittings 3" and larger required or directed by the Engineer shall be constructed of ductile iron as directed in section entitled “Ductile Iron Piping and Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Fittings” of these Specifications. Engineering data from such fittings showing cross-sectional views with dimensions shall be provided and such data and fitting shall be approved by the Engineer prior to their use. The materials used in the manufacturer of fittings shall conform with the requirements for the pipe with which they shall be used and any variation of such requirements shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Fittings shall have wall thicknesses equal to or greater than that of the pipe to which they are joined. PIPE

A.

2.3

PVC pipe shown on the Drawings to be buried underground and used to convey water or wastewater shall be supplied by a major manufacturer approved by the Engineer and shall have push-on joints unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. All pipe material shall be Grade 1, Type I, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) in accordance with ASTM D 1784, Class 12454-B. All pipe material for water lines shall be National Sanitation Foundation approved for use with potable water. Pipe in sizes 1 ½ inches through 3 inches shall be SDR 21 with 200 psi pressure rating in accordance with ASTM D 2241. Pipe in sizes 4 inches through 12 inches shall be DR 18, Class 150 in accordance with AWWA C900. Maximum lengths of pipe shall not exceed 20 feet. FITTINGS

A.

Fittings in PVC piping system for pipe smaller than 3 inches conveying water or wastewater may be PVC where the required fittings are available and with the approval of the Engineer. Such fittings shall be supplied by the same company that manufactured the pipe and shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D 2467 for Moulded, Schedule 80, socket welded fittings.

B.

Fittings for pipe 3 inches or larger or unavailable in PVC, shall be cast iron or ductile iron as specified in section entitled “Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Fittings” of these Specifications. Engineering data for fitting showing cross-sectional views with dimensions shall be provided and such data and fittings shall be approved by the Engineer prior to their use. Connections between cast iron or ductile iron fittings and PVC pipe shall be made by use of special adaptors similar to Mueller Transition Gland A-399 by Mueller Company, Transition Gasket F6340 by Clow Corporation or a similar transition which has been approved by the Engineer. The joint shall be mechanical joint for ductile iron or cast iron as described in section entitled “Ductile Iron Piping and Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Fittings” of these Specifications.

2.4

JOINTS (PUSH-ON) A.

The joints shall be designed so that the pipe and fittings may be connected on the job without the use of solvent cement or any special equipment. The push-on joint shall be single rubber gasket joint designed to be assembled by the positioning of a continuous, molded, rubber ring gasket in an annular recess in the pipe or fitting entering pipe into the socket thereby compressing the gasket radially to the pipe to form a positive seal. The gasket and the annular

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

02622 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

recess shall be so designed and shaped that the gasket is locked in place against displacement as the joint is assembled. Details of the joint design and assembly shall be in accordance with the joint manufacturer’s standard practice. The joints shall be designed so as to provide for the thermal expansion or contraction experienced with a total temperature change of at least 75EF in each joint per length of pipe. The joint shall comply with ASTM D 3139. Gasket shall comply with ASTM F 477. B.

Lubricant furnished for lubricating joints shall be nontoxic, shall not support the growth of bacteria, shall have no deteriorating effects on the gasket or pipe material, and shall not impart color, taste, or odor to water. The lubricant containers shall be labeled with the manufacturer’s name.

C.

Gaskets shall meet all applicable requirements of ANSI A21.11. Gasket dimensions shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard design dimensions and tolerances. The gasket shall be of such size and shape as to provide adequate compressive force against the spigot and socket after assembly to effect a positive seal under all combinations of joint and gasket tolerances. The trade name or trademark, size, mold number, gasket manufacturer’s mark and year of manufacture shall be molded in the rubber on the back of the gaskets.

D.

Gaskets shall be vulcanized natural or vulcanized synthetic rubber. No reclaimed rubber shall be used. When two (2) hardnesses of rubber are included in a gasket, the soft and hard portions shall be integrally molded and joined in a strong vulcanized bond. They shall be free of porous areas, foreign material, and visible defects. The required properties of the gasket rubber and the required method of test are given in the following table:

ASTM Test Method

Main Body of Gasket

Harder Portion (if used)

D676 at 76 ±

45 - 70

78 - 90

Minimum Ultimate Tensile, psi

D412

2000

1200

Minimum Ultimate Elongation, Percent*

D412

300

125

D572***

60

60

Property Hardness, Durometer “A”

Minimum Aging Percent**

* Of original length ** Of original values of tensile and ultimate elongation. *** Oxygen pressure method: After 96 hours at 70 ± 1EC at 300 + 10 psi. E.

The gasket manufacturer shall set up such quality control procedures as will insure the gasket’s meeting the requirements of this standard. He shall furnish a monthly report of representative quality control test results to the pipe manufacturer.

F.

A sample push-on fitting shall be submitted to the Engineer for examination and approval prior to delivery of any pipe.

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

02622 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.5

12-346

DETECTOR WIRE A.

A continuous single strand solid copper #12 AWG detector wire shall be placed approximately 6" over all PVC pipe. Provide a continuous loop to ground level in all valve boxes and at all hydrants.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

LAYING PIPE A.

All provisions with respect to trenching, backfilling, bedding, and pipe laying shall conform to the applicable requirements of the sections entitled “Earthwork” and “Ductile Iron Piping and Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Fittings” of these Specifications.

B.

All provisions with respect to connections and existing utilities shall comply with the applicable requirements of the section entitled “Ductile Iron Piping and Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Fittings” of these Specifications.

C.

When a joint consists of a PVC flange and a metal flange, the metal flange shall be flat faced and furnished with a full face resilient gasket.

D.

Valves shall be installed with the flow arrow in the proper direction.

E.

Service line taps into PVC pipe shall be made using tapping saddle constructed for use on PVC pipe. The saddle shall be constructed of bronze or brass, shall have all stainless steel bolts or screws, and have a resilient rubber gasket to provide a positive, watertight seal.

F.

PVC pipe laid underground shall have a minimum of 48 inches of cover in traffic areas and 30 inches of cover in non-traffic areas.

G.

A 3-inch wide detector tape shall be buried 12 inches above the top of the pipe continuously along the entire length of pipe.

3.2

SEPARATION OF PIPES A.

Sewers and force mains shall be laid to provide at least 6 feet horizontal separation from any existing or proposed water main. If conditions prevent the above separation, the sewer may be constructed closer to a water main or reclaimed water main if it is laid in a separate trench and if the elevation of the invert of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer, force main or reclaimed water main.

B.

When sewers cross under water mains, the top of the sewer shall be at least 18 inches below the bottom of the water main and one full length of water main shall be centered over the sewer so that both joints will be as far from the sewer as possible.

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

02622 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.3

12-346

FIELD TESTING A.

After all piping has been placed and backfilled between the joints, each run of newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer, and tests shall be continued until all leaks have been made tight to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

B.

All piping shall be subject to hydrostatic gauge pressure equal to the rated pressure class of the pipe being tested and the leakage determined. No pipe installation shall be accepted until the leakage is less than 10 U.S. gallons per 24 hours per mile of pipe per inch nominal pipe diameter. All visible leaks are to be repaired regardless of quantity. Where the joints and fittings are exposed, the duration of the test shall be a minimum of 2 consecutive hours or until all joints and fittings are inspected, whichever is greater. The duration for backfilled or partially backfilled pipelines, where the joints and fittings are not exposed, shall be at least 6 consecutive hours.

C.

The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect any equipment that might be damaged by the pressures used in the tests. Delicate equipment shall be valved off, removed, or otherwise protected.

D.

All piping shall be securely anchored and restrained against movement prior to application of test pressures. Prior to the pressure test, pipe laid in trenches shall be partially backfilled adequately to secure the pipe during the test. All joints, fittings, and valves will be left open where possible. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves, and joints shall be carefully examined during the pressure test.

E.

Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. If hydrants, blow-offs, or air release valves are not available at the high places, the Contractor shall make the necessary taps at points of highest elevation before the test is made and insert plugs after the test has been completed.

F.

Any excessive leakage developing during the test shall be corrected at the Contractor’s expense. If the defective portion cannot be located, the Contractor, at his expense, shall remove and reconstruct as much of the original work as necessary to obtain a facility meeting the specified leakage limits.

G.

After all tests on any section have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall carefully clean, blow out, and drain the line of all water to prevent the freezing of the same. The Contractor shall also demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that any and all lines are free from obstructions and foreign material.

H.

The Contractor shall bear the complete cost of the tests, including set-up, labor, temporary piping, blocking, gauges, bulkheads, water, air, soap solutions, and any other materials required to conduct the tests.

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

02622 - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.4

12-346

CHLORINATION OF COMPLETED WATER LINE Before placing into service all new water distribution systems, or extensions to existing systems, or any valved section of such extension or any replacement in the existing water distribution system shall be chlorinated. Any of the following methods of procedure shall be followed, subject to the approval of the Engineer. Liquid Chlorine gas-water mixture Direct Chlorine feed Calcium Hypochlorite and water mixture A.

Preliminary Flushing: Prior to chlorination, all dirt and foreign matter shall be removed by a thorough flushing through the hydrants, or by other approved means. Each valved section of newly laid pipe shall be flushed independently. This shall be done after the pressure test is completed. All water mains shall be flushed at a velocity greater than or equal to 2.5 feet per second.

B.

Liquid Chlorine: A chlorine gas-water mixture shall be applied by means of a solution- fed chlorinating device, or if approved by the Engineer, the gas shall be fed directly from a chlorine cylinder equipped with a proper device for regulating the rate of flow and effective diffusion of gas within the pipe. (Chlorination with the gas-waster mixture is preferred to direct feed).

C.

Point of Application: The preferable point of application of the chlorination agent shall at the beginning of the pipe line extension, or any valved section of it, and through a corporation stop inserted in the horizontal axis of the newly laid pipe. The water injector for delivering the gas-water mixture into the pipe shall be supplied from a tap on the pressure side of the gate valve controlling the flow into the pipe line extension. In a new system, application may be at the pumping station, or the elevated tank, or the standpipe, or reservoir if available. If a supply of water is not available, the Contractor shall haul the water by tank or other approved means. All water used for testing of chlorinating shall be approved by the Engineer. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for hauling water.

D.

Rate of Application: Water from the existing distribution system or other source of supply shall be controlled to flow very slowly into the newly laid pipe line during the application of chlorine. The rate of chlorine gas-water mixture flow shall be in such proportions to the rate of water entering the pipe that the chlorine dose applied to the water entering the newly laid pipe shall exceed 50 PPM.

E.

Back Pressure Prevented: Back pressure, causing a reversal of flow in the pipe being treated, shall be prevented.

F.

Retention Period: Treated water shall be retained in the pipe long enough to destroy all non-spore-forming bacterial. This period shall be at least 24 hours and preferably longer as may be directed. After the chlorine treated water has been retained for the required time, the chlorine residual at pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 25 PPM.

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

02622 - 7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.5

12-346

G.

Chlorination Valves and Hydrants: In the process of chlorinating newly laid water pipe, all valves or other appurtenances shall be operated while the pipeline is filled with the chlorinating agent.

H.

Final Flushing and Test: Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the newly laid pipe line at its extremities until the replacement water throughout its length shall, upon test, both chemically and bacteriologically, be proved to have zero coliform growth and approved by the Public Health Authority having jurisdiction. Certified test reports of chemical and bacteriological analysis shall be provided to the Engineer and proper authorities of the Owner.

I.

Repetition of Procedure: Should the initial treatment, in the opinion of the Engineer, prove ineffective, the chlorination procedure shall be repeated until confirmed test show that water sampled from the newly laid pipe conforms to the requirements of CHLORINATION OF COMPLETED PIPE LINE, (I).

J.

Alternate Chlorination: 1.

Calcium Hypochlorite: On approval of the Engineer, a mixture of calcium hypochlorite ("HTH", "Perchloron", and "Mexochlor") of known chlorine content and water may be substituted as an alternative for liquid chlorine.

2.

Proportions of Calcium Hypochlorite and Water Mixtures: A 5% of powder to 95% of water by weight.

3.

Application: This calcium hypochlorite and water mixture, first made into a paste and then thinned to a slurry, shall be injected or pumped into the newly laid pipe under conditions heretofore specified for liquid chlorine application, after preliminary flushing.

4.

Approval: Provisions for final flushing, testing, and approval under this alternative shall be the same as those described above.

DECHLORINATION Prior to discharging chlorinated water from the disinfected water line, all water shall be dechlorinated so that the total chlorine residual is less than 0.1 mg/l.

END OF SECTION 02622

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

02622 - 8

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 02740 – BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: 1.

B.

Related Requirements: 1.

1.3

Base course for pavements.

Section 02220 "Earthwork" for subgrade preparation and fill material.

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Product Data: For each type of product. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Qualification Data: For testing agency.

B.

Material Certificates: For base course.

C.

Material Test Reports: For base course, by a qualified testing agency.

D.

Field quality-control reports.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM D 3666 for testing indicated.

B.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of ALDOT for base course placement.

1.6

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A.

Perform construction when atmospheric temperature is above 35 degrees F. When the temperature falls below 35 degrees F, protect all completed areas by approved methods against

BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENTS

02740- 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

detrimental effects of freezing. Correct completed areas damaged by freezing, rainfall, or other weather conditions to meet specified requirements. 1.7

DEGREE OF COMPACTION A.

1.8

Degree of compaction required, except as noted in the second sentence, is expressed as a percentage of the maximum laboratory dry density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D 1557 abbreviated as a percent of laboratory maximum dry density. Since ASTM D 1557 applies only to soils that have 30 percent or less by weight of their particles retained on the 3/4 inch sieve, the degree of compaction for material having more than 30 percent by weight of their particles retained on the 3/4 inch sieve are expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry density in accordance with AASHTO T 180 Method D and corrected with AASHTO T 224. APPROVAL OF MATERIAL

A.

Select the source of the material 14 days prior to the time the material will be required in the work. Tentative approval of material will be based on initial test results and material certificates. Final approval of the materials will be based on sieve analysis, liquid limit, and plasticity index tests performed on samples taken from the completed and fully compacted course.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

BASE COURSE AND SUBGRADE MATERIALS A.

Sand-Clay Base Course: ALDOT Section 820 granular soil base (100% modified density).

B.

Aggregate Base Course: ALDOT Section 825, Type B aggregate base course (100% modified density).

C.

Subgrade: ALDOT Section 230 modified roadbed (100% standard density).

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.

When the base course is constructed in more than one layer, clean the previously constructed layer of loose and foreign matter by sweeping with power sweepers or power brooms, except that hand brooms may be used in areas where power cleaning is not practicable. Provide adequate drainage during the entire period of construction to prevent water from collecting or standing on the working area. Provide line and grade stakes as necessary for control. Grade stakes shall be in lines parallel to the centerline of the area under construction and suitably spaced for string lining.

BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENTS

02740- 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.2

12-346

PREPARATION OF UNDERLYING COURSE A.

3.3

Prior to constructing the base course, the underlying course or subgrade shall be cleaned of all foreign substances. At the time of construction of the base course, the underlying course or subgrade shall contain no frozen material. The surface of the underlying course or subgrade shall meet the specified compaction and surface tolerances. The underlying course shall conform to Section 02300 “Earthwork.” Ruts or soft yielding spots in the underlying courses, areas having inadequate compaction, and deviations of the surface from the requirements set forth herein shall be corrected by loosening and removing soft or unsatisfactory material and by adding approved material, reshaping to line and grade, and recompacting to specified density requirements. INSTALLATION

A.

Placing: Place the material on the prepared subgrade or subbase in layers of uniform thickness with an approved spreader. When a compacted layer 6 inches or less in thickness is required, place the material in a single layer. When a compacted layer in excess of 6 inches is required, place the material in layers of equal thickness. No layer shall be thicker than 6 inches or thinner than 3 inches when compacted. The layers shall be so placed that when compacted they will be true to the grades or levels required with the least possible surface disturbance. When the base course is placed in more than one layer, the previously constructed layers shall be cleaned of loose and foreign matter by sweeping with power sweepers, power brooms, or hand brooms, as directed. Such adjustments in pacing procedures or equipment shall be made as may be directed to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation, to adjust the water content, and to insure an acceptable base course.

B.

Grade control: The finished and completed base course shall conform to the lines, grades, and cross sections shown. Underlying materials shall be excavated and prepared at sufficient depth for the required base course thickness so that the finished base course and the subsequent base course will meet the designated grades.

C.

Compaction: Compact each layer of the base course, as specified, with approved compaction equipment. Maintain water content during the compaction procedure to within plus or minus 2 percent of the optimum water content determined from laboratory tests as specified in this Section. Begin rolling at the outside edge of the surface and proceed to the center, overlapping on successive trips at least one-half the width of the roller. Alternate trips of the roller shall be slightly different lengths. Speed of the roller shall be such that displacement of the aggregate does not occur. In all places not accessible to the rollers, the course shall be compacted with hand-operated tampers. Continue compaction until each layer has a degree of compaction that is at least 100 percent of laboratory maximum density through the full depth of the layer (except sand-clay base which shall be compacted to at least 95% of laboratory maximum density). Make such adjustments in compacting or finishing procedures as may be directed to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation, to reduce or increase water content, and to ensure a satisfactory base course. Any materials that are found to be unsatisfactory shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory material or reworked, as directed, to meet the requirements of this specification.

D.

Thickness: Construct the compacted thickness of the base course as indicated. No individual layer shall be thicker than 6 inches or thinner than 3 inches in compacted thickness. The total compacted thickness of the base course shall be within 1/2 inch of the thickness indicated.

BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENTS

02740- 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

Where the measured thickness is more than 1/2 inch deficient, correct such areas by scarifying, adding new material of proper gradation, reblading, and recompacting as directed. Where the measured thickness is more than 1/2 inch thicker than indicated, the course shall be considered as conforming to the specified thickness requirements. Average job thickness shall be the average of all thickness measurements taken for the job, but shall be within 1/4 inch of the thickness indicated. The total thickness of the base course shall be measured at intervals in such a manner as to ensure one measurement for each 600 square yards of base course. Measurements shall be made in 3 inch diameter test holes penetrating the base course. E.

Proof-roll base course with a pneumatic-tired and loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated base course. 1. 2.

Completely proof-roll base course in one direction, repeating proof-rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. Any base course materials or any underlying materials that produce unsatisfactory results by proof rolling shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials, recompacted, and proof rolled to meet these specifications.

F.

Finishing: The surface of the top layer of base course shall be finished after final compaction and proof rolling by cutting any overbuild to grade and rolling with a steel-tired roller. Thin layers of material shall not be added to the top layer of base course to meet grade. If the elevation of the top layer of base course is 1/2 inch or more below grade, then the top layer should be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches and new material shall be blended in, compacted, and proof rolled to bring to grade. Adjustments to rolling and finishing procedures shall be made as directed to minimize segregation and degradation, obtain grades, maintain moisture content, and insure an acceptable base course. Should the surface become rough, corrugated, uneven in texture, or traffic marked prior to completion, the unsatisfactory portion shall be scarified, reworked, and recompacted or it shall e replaced as directed.

G.

Smoothness: The surface of the top layer shall show no deviations in excess of 3/8 inch when tested with a 12 foot straightedge. Take measurements in successive positions parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved. Measurements shall also be taken perpendicular to the centerline at 50 foot intervals. Deviations exceeding this amount shall be corrected by removing material and replacing with new material, or by reworking existing material and compacting it to meet these specifications.

3.4

TRAFFIC A.

3.5

Completed portions of the base course may be opened to limited traffic, provided there is no marring or distorting of the surface by the traffic. Heavy equipment shall not be permitted except when necessary to construction, and then the area shall be protected against marring or damage to the completed work. MAINTENANCE

A.

Maintain the base course in a satisfactory condition until the full pavement section is completed and accepted. Maintenance shall include immediate repairs to any defects and shall be repeated as often as necessary to keep the area intact. Any base course that is not paved over prior to the

BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENTS

02740- 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

onset of winter shall be retested to verify that it is still complies with the requirements of this specification. Any area of base course that is damaged shall be reworked or replaced as necessary to comply with this specification. 3.6

DISPOSAL OF UNSATISFACTORY MATERIALS A.

3.7

Any unsuitable materials that must be removed shall be removed from the Owner’s property. No additional payments will be made for materials that must be replaced. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B.

Density: In-place density testing of the base course shall be performed, at a minimum, every 500 square yards per lift in accordance with ASTM D 1556 and ASTM D 2922. ASTM D 1556 shall be used as a check at least once per lift for each 3,000 square yards of competed base course.

C.

Before starting work, at least one sample of base course material shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C 136. After the initial test, a minimum of one sieve analysis (ASTM C 136 and ASTM D 422) shall be performed for each 5,000 square yards of base course placed, with a minimum of one analysis performed for each day’s run until the course is completed. One liquid limit and plasticity index shall be performed for each sieve analysis per ASTM D 4318.

D.

Thickness: Thickness of base course shall be measured for each 600 square yards of material placed. Compacted thickness of the base course shall be shown on the contract drawings, and the completed section shall be within 3/8-inch of the thickness presented.

E.

Smoothness: The surface of the top layer shall show no deviations in excess of 3/8 inch when tested with a 12 foot straightedge. Take measurements in successive portions parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved. Measurements shall also be taken perpendicular to the centerline at 50 foot intervals. Deviations exceeding this amount shall be corrected by removing material, and replacing with new material, or by reworking existing material and recompacting it to meet these specifications.

END OF SECTION 02740

BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENTS

02740- 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 02741 - ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: 1.

1.3

Hot-mix asphalt paving.

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product. 1.

1.4

Job-Mix Designs: For each job mix proposed for the Work.

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency.

B.

Material Certificates: For each paving material.

C.

Material Test Reports: For each paving material, by a qualified testing agency.

D.

Field quality-control reports.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Manufacturer Qualifications: A paving-mix manufacturer registered with and approved by Alabama DOT.

B.

Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM D 3666 for testing indicated and approved by Alabama DOT.

C.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of Alabama DOT Section 410 and 424 for asphalt paving work.

ASPHALT PAVING

02741 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.6

12-346

FIELD CONDITIONS A.

Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if subgrade is wet or excessively damp, if rain is imminent or expected before time required for adequate cure, or if the following conditions are not met: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Prime Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F. Tack Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F and rising at time of placement. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F at time of placement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

BASE COURSE A.

2.2

See Section 02740. ASPHALT MATERIAL & MIXES

A.

Hot-Mix Asphalt: Dense-graded, hot-laid, hot-mix asphalt plant mixes shall be prepared in accordance with Alabama DOT Section 410 including references to material quality. 1. 2. 3. 4.

2.3

Wearing Surface: Alabama DOT Section 424A-341 bituminous wearing surface. Tack Coat: Alabama DOT Section 405 bituminous tack coat. Binder: Alabama DOT Section 424B-636 bituminous upper binder. Prime Coat: Alabama DOT Section 401A bituminous prime coat.

SUBGRADE A.

Alabama DOT Section 230 modified roadbed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to begin paving.

B.

Proof-roll subgrade below pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. 1. 2.

Completely proof-roll subbase in one direction and repeat in perpendicular direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. Proof-roll with a pneumatic-tired and loaded, 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons.

ASPHALT PAVING

02741 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3. C. 3.2

12-346

Correct subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth of 1/2 inch according to requirements in Section 02300.

Proceed with paving only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. SURFACE PREPARATION

A.

General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious material from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared surface is ready to receive paving.

B.

Subgrade: See Section 02220.

C.

Base Course: See Section 02740.

3.3

PLACING HOT-MIX ASPHALT AND MATERIALS A.

Prime Coat: Prime coat shall consist of a single application of bituminous material on a prepared base course. 1.

2. B.

Tack Coat: The tack coat shall consist of a single application of bituminous material on a prepared asphalt surface. No tack coat shall be applied until the preparation of the existing surface has been approved by the Engineer. Before applying the tack coat, the surface shall be swept clean and all vegetation and foreign matter removed. 1.

C.

Method of material application for tack coat shall conform to the requirements of Alabama DOT Section 405.

Bituminous Wearing Surface and Binder: These shall consist of a Bituminous Plant Mix mixed in a stationary plant conforming to Alabama DOT Section 410 and 424. 1. 2.

3.4

No prime coat shall be applied until the base course has been approved by the Engineer. Before applying prime coat, the surface shall be swept clean and sprinkled with water if directed by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to keep prime coat off of curb and gutter. If splattered prime coat is unable to be removed from curb and gutter, it will be just cause for replacing the curb and gutter at the expense of the Contractor. Method of material application for prime coat shall conform to the requirements of Alabama DOT Section 401.

Construction methods shall conform to Alabama DOT Section 424. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces.

INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A.

Cross sections and shapes of work shall be as indicated in the plans and specifications. Permissible deviations from these sections shall be limited to those indicated in the plans, specifications, and standards set forth in the Alabama DOT Specifications.

ASPHALT PAVING

02741 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

B.

Pavement Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following tolerances: 1. 2.

C.

Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus.

Pavement Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to paved areas: 1. 2. 3.

3.5

12-346

Base Course: 1/4 inch. Surface Course: 1/8 inch. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B.

Thickness: In-place compacted thickness of hot-mix asphalt courses will be determined according to ASTM D 3549.

C.

Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of each hot-mix asphalt course will be tested for compliance with smoothness tolerances.

D.

In-Place Density: Density requirements for compaction shall be in accordance with Alabama DOT Section 306. a.

One core sample will be taken for every 1000 sq. yd. or less of installed pavement, with no fewer than three cores taken.

E.

Replace and compact hot-mix asphalt where core tests were taken.

F.

Remove and replace or install additional hot-mix asphalt where test results or measurements indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements.

3.6

MAINTENANCE A.

The Contractor shall maintain pavement placed under this contract until the expiration of the guarantee period. The Contractor shall promptly fill all depressions and holes that occur with like material and remove and replace all material that fails.

END OF SECTION 02741

ASPHALT PAVING

02741 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

1.2

The extent of concrete work is shown on the drawings.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Codes and Standards Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: ACI 212 "Specifications for Concrete Admixtures." ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." ACI 302 "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction." ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete." ACI 311 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection." ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork." Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice."

B.

Workmanship: 1.

The Contractor is responsible for correction of concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, tolerances, and finishes. Correct deficient concrete utilizing materials specified herein as directed by the Engineer.

2.

Concrete Testing Service: Employ, at contractor's expense, a testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer to perform material evaluation tests and to design or review concrete mixes.

3.

Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting, as directed by the Engineer, at anytime during the progress of the work. Allow free access to material stockpiles and facilities at all times. Tests not specifically indicated to be done at the Owner's expense, including the retesting of rejected materials and installed work, shall be done at the contractor's expense.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

C.

1.3

12-346

Tests for Concrete Materials: 1.

Test aggregates by method of sampling and testing of ASTM C-33.

2.

For Portland cement, sample the cement and determine the properties by the methods of test of ASTM C-150.

3.

Submit written reports to the Engineer for each material sampled and tested prior to the start of work. Provide the project identification number, date of report, name of the contractor, name of concrete testing service, source of concrete aggregates, material manufacturer, and brand name for manufactured materials, values specified in the referenced specification for each material and test results. Indicate whether or not material is acceptable for intended use. Submit two (2) copies.

4.

Certificates of material properties and compliance with specified requirements may be submitted in lieu of testing, when acceptable to the Engineer. Certificates of compliance must be signed by the material producer and the contractor.

SUBMITTALS A.

Manufacturer's Data; Concrete Work: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, dryshake finish materials and others as requested by the Engineer.

B.

Shop Drawings; Concrete Reinforcement: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing diagrams of bent bars, arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required at openings through concrete structures.

C.

Mix Design; Concrete Work: Submit mix design and supporting data for each strength and type concrete.

D.

Submit in accordance with Section 01300.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

FORM MATERIALS A.

Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced or other acceptable panel-type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly-placed concrete without bow or deflection.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

B.

Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two (2) edges and one side for tight fit.

C.

Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces to be cured with water or curing compound.

2.2

REINFORCING MATERIALS A.

Reinforcing Bar (Rebar): ASTM A-615, and as follows: Provide Grade 60, except where otherwise shown, for bars Nos. 3 to 18, deformed.

B.

Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): ASTM A-185, plain, fabricated from steel wire into that sheets.

C.

Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Wood, brick, and other devices will not be acceptable. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base material will not support chair legs. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic protected or stainless steel protected.

2.3

CONCRETE MATERIALS A.

Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type 1, unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. Use only one brand of cement throughout the project, unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer.

B.

Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C-33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for all exposed concrete.

C.

Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand free from loam, clay, lumps, or other deleterious substances. Dune sand, bank-run sand and manufactured sand are not acceptable.

D.

Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter, as follows: 1.

Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone.

2.

Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of pit or bankrun gravel is not permitted.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

E.

12-346

Maximum Aggregate Size: Not larger than one-fifth of the narrowest dimensions between sides of forms, a of the depth of slabs, nor ¾ of the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars or bundles of bars. These limitations may be waived if in the judgement of the Engineer workability and methods of consolidation are such that concrete can be placed without honeycomb or voids.

F.

Water: Clean, fresh, drinkable.

G.

Admixtures: Water Reducing Admixture: "Eucon WR-75" by The Euclid Chemical Company, "Pozzolith 200N" by Master Builders, "Plastocrete 160" by Sika Chemical Corporation or equal. The admixture shall conform to ASTM C-494, Type A and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. Water Reducing, Retarding Admixtures: "Eucon Retarder-75" by The Euclid Chemical Company, "Pozzolith 100XR" by Master Builders, "Plastiment" by Sika Chemical Corporation or equal. The admixture shall conform to ASTM C494, Type D, and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. Non-Corrosive, Non-Chloride Accelerator: "Accelguard 80" by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved equal. The admixture shall conform to ASTM C-494, Type C or E, and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. The admixture manufacturer must have long term non- corrosive test data. Air Entraining Admixture: Conform to ASTM C-260. Calcium Chloride: Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.1% chloride ions are not permitted. Certification: Written conformance to above mentioned requirements and the chloride ion content of the admixture will be required from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix design review by the Engineer.

H.

Fly Ash: Class F fly ash must be used. The latest version of ASTM C 618 classification must be followed for chemical requirements, physical properties (e.g., fineness, soundness, etc.), and for all other technical and non-technical specifications regarding fly ash. Sampling and testing for the verification of fly ash characteristics must be done according to the latest edition of ASTM C311. Contractor should make sure that the supplier of the fly ash should have a quality control program in conformance with ASTM C 618 that is technically and statistically sound.

I.

Corrosion Resistant Concrete: Where shown on the drawings, special corrosion resistant concrete shall be utilized. This concrete shall utilize Type II Portland Cement with Class F fly ash substituted for 25-30% of the portland cement at a ratio of 1-1/2 lbs fly ash per lb. of portland cement or shall utilize “New Cem” product manufactured by Blue Circle Cement added at the proportion recommended by the manufacturer.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.4

12-346

RELATED MATERIALS A.

Waterstops: Provide flat, dumbbell type or centerbulb type waterstops at construction joints and other joints as shown. Size to suit joints. Provide polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops: Corps of Engineers CRD-C572.

B.

Moisture Barrier: Provide moisture barrier cover over prepared base material where shown on drawings. Use only materials which are resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E-154, as follows: Polyethylene sheet not less than 6 mils thick.

C.

Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHO M-182, Class 3.

D.

Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following complying with ASTM C-171. Waterproof paper Polyethylene film Polyethylene-coated burlap.

E.

Curing and Sealing Compound: The compound shall be a styrene butadiene type, conforming to Federal Specification TT-C-800A, 30% solids contents minimum, and have test data from an independent laboratory indicating a maximum moisture loss of 0.030 grams per sq. cm. when applied at a coverage rate of 300 sq. ft. per gallon. Compound shall be "Super Pliocure" by The Euclid Chemical Company, "Masterseal 66" by Master Builders or equal.

F.

Dissipating Curing Compound: The compound shall be a dissipating resin type compound, conforming to ASTM C-309, Type I, "Kurez DR" by The Euclid Chemical Company, or equal. The film must chemically break down in a two (2) to four (4) week period after application.

G.

Bonding Compound: The compound shall be a polyvinyl acetate, rewettable type. "Euco Weld" by The Euclid Chemical Company, "Weldcrete" by The Larsen Company or equal.

H.

Epoxy Adhesive: The compound shall be a two (2) component, 100% solids, 100% reactive compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces, "Euco Epoxy #463 or #615" by The Euclid Chemical Company, "Sikadur Hi-Mod" by Sika Chemical Corporation or equal.

I.

Non-Shrink Grout: The grout shall conform to CRD-C-621-80, "Corps of Engineers Specification for NonShrink Grout", "Firmix" (metallic) or "Euco NS" (nonmetallic) by The Euclid Chemical Company, "Embeco 153" (metallic) or "Masterflow 713" (non-metallic) by Master Builders or equal by U.S. Grout Corporation.

J.

Portland Cement Grout: Portland cement grout shall be prepared from materials specified in 2.3 and shall be proportioned to produce a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.5

12-346

PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A.

Mix Design: All mix designs shall be proportioned in accordance with Section 3.8.2 (field experience or trial batches) of ACI 301. Submit mix designs on each class of concrete for review. If trial batches are used, the testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing unless otherwise acceptable to the Engineer.

B.

Submit written reports to the Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been approved by the Engineer.

C.

If mix is not designed by a. above, design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated on drawings and schedules: 4,000 psi 28-day compressive strength; 560 lbs. cement per cu. yd. minimum; W/C ratio 0.35 maximum; air entrained concrete. 3,000 psi 28-day compressive strength; 480 lbs. cement per cu. yd. minimum; W/C ratio 0.46 maximum; for air entrained concrete. All poured in place concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi in 28 days.

D.

The mix designer shall submit with the mix design a maximum amount of water that may be added to the concrete on site and still maintain the specified strength, along with supporting information and calculations. In no case shall this amount be more than 1 gallon of water per cubic yard of concrete.

E.

Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by the contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to the Owner and as accepted by the Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer before using the mix.

F.

Admixture Usage: Use air entraining admixture in all concrete structures and slabs at a rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having an air content within the following limits: 4% to 8% for maximum 1½" aggregate 3.5% to 6.5% for maximum 1" aggregate 3% to 6% for maximum ¾" aggregate 5.5% to 7% for maximum ½" aggregate 6% to 7.5% for maximum d" aggregate Other admixtures may be used to obtain a concrete mix which has strength, slump and all other parameters specified. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

G.

12-346

Slump: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at the point of placement as indicated below: 1.

Ramps, slabs and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches.

2.

Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 2 inches nor more than 4 inches.

3.

All other concrete: Not less than 2 inches nor more than 5 inches.

The slump of the concrete shall be measured after it arrives at the job site. If low, the slump can be increased up to the range specified above by adding water so long as the amount of water added does not exceed that established by the mix designer. If water is added on site, the slump shall be checked again before placement to verify it does not exceed the limits specified above. If at any time the slump of the concrete exceeds the limits specified above, it shall be rejected. After the final desired slump has been attained, the compressive strength samples may be prepared.

2.6

CONCRETE MIXING A.

Ready-Mix Concrete: Comply with the requirements of ASTM C-94, and as herein specified. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C-94 may be required. When the air temperature is between 85EF and 90EF, reduce the mixing and delivery time from 1½ hours to 75 minutes, and when the air temperature is above 90EF, reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. When temperature or humidity conditions dictate, the specified water reducing, retarding admixture may be used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

FORMS A.

Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape alignment, elevation, and position.

B.

Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, or damage to cast-in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.

C.

Construct forms complying with ACI-347 to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades levels, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustifications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages, and inserts and other features required in work. Use

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide back-up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste. D.

Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only, Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like to prevent swelling and for easy removal.

E.

Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations.

F.

Provide ¾-inch chamfer on all exposed top edges. Provide ¾-inch chamfer on exposed corner edges shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Use wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.

G.

Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length removable or snapoff metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal. Unless otherwise shown, provide ties so portion remaining within concrete after removal is at least 1½ inches inside concrete. Unless otherwise shown, provide form ties which will not leave holes larger than 1 inch diameter in concrete surface.

H.

Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.

I.

Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove clips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before concrete is placed. Retighten forms after concrete placement is required to eliminate mortar leaks.

3.2

PLACING REINFORCEMENT A.

Comply with the specified codes and standards and Concrete Reinforced Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports as herein specified.

B.

Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, oil, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.

C.

Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers as required.

D.

Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 8

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete not toward exposed concrete surfaces.

Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2 inches beyond the last leg of continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. E.

Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.

F.

Where splices in reinforcing are necessary, reinforcing shall be lapped a minimum 36 bar diameters, but not less than 1' 6".

G.

Reinforcing in all concrete walls and footings shall be continuous around corners. Where footings step, reinforcing shall be continuous in step.

3.3

JOINTS A.

Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints as required and approved by the Engineer.

B.

Provide keyways, at least 1½ inches deep in all construction joints in walls, slabs, and between walls and footings; accepted bulkheads designed for this purpose may be used for slabs.

C.

Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue all reinforcement across construction joints of structural members.

D.

Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints at hydraulic structures. Install waterstops to form a continuous diaphragm in each joint. Make provisions to support and protect waterstops during the progress of work. Fabricate field joints in waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Protect waterstop material from damage where it protrudes from any point.

E.

Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs on ground at all points of contact between slabs on ground and vertical surfaces which originate below the slab, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and elsewhere as indicated.

3.4

INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A.

General: Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions provided by suppliers of the items to be attached thereto.

B.

Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain the required elevations and contours in the finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to support the types of screed strips by the use of strike-off templates or accepted compacting type screeds.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 9

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.5

12-346

PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A.

Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before placement of reinforcement.

B.

Thin form-coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in amount, and under conditions of the form-coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions.

C.

Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable.

3.6

CONCRETE PLACEMENT A.

Preplacement Inspection: The Engineer must be notified 24 hours prior to concrete placement in order to inspect the areas to receive concrete. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete the formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts to permit the installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work, as required. Thoroughly wet wood forms immediately before placing concrete, as required where form coatings are not used. Coordinate the installation of joint materials and moisture barriers with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.

B.

General: Comply with ACI-304 and as herein specified. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing.

C.

Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined layer surface. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. In vertical walls containing waterstop, the first 6 inches of concrete placed shall be Portland cement grout.

D.

Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidations of concrete in accordance with the recommended practices of ACI-309 to suit the type of concrete and project conditions. Lower amplitude vibrators shall be used with "flowing" concrete.

E.

Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate the placed layer of concrete and at least 6" into the preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary to consolidate the concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of the mix.

F.

Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation within the limits of construction joints until the placing of a panel or section is completed.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 10

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge and strikeoff. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free of lumps or hollows. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. Maintain reinforcing in the proper position during concrete placement operations. Where slabs are poured on the ground, the soil should be thoroughly wet prior to placing the concrete. G.

Cold Weather Placing: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures in compliance with ACI-306 and as herein specified. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40EF. within 24 hours after placement, uniformly heat all water and aggregates before mixing as required to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50EF, and not more than 80EF at point of placement. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. When the mean daily temperature is expected to drop below 40EF, provisions shall be made to protect the concrete from freezing until the concrete has sufficiently cured. This protection can be by insulated blankets or forms or other acceptable methods. Use only the specified non-corrosive, non-chloride accelerator. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.1% chloride ions are not permitted.

H.

Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete as defined in ACI-305, place concrete in compliance with ACI-305 and as herein specified. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90EF. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of mixing. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot so that the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. Wet subgrade or forms thoroughly before placing concrete. Measures to erect windbreaks or sunshades or to minimize evaporation or other measures may be necessary to protect the concrete until it has properly cured. Use only the specified water reducing retarding admixture.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 11

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

I.

3.7

12-346

Fill all concrete unit masonry cells with concrete from top of footing to finish first floor elevation or to the outside finish grade, whichever is the higher elevation.

FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES A.

Rough Form Finish (RfFm-Fn): For formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finish work or by other construction, unless otherwise indicated. This is the concrete surface having the texture imparted by the form facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding ¼-inch in height rubbed down or chipped off.

B.

Smooth Form Finish (SmFm-Fn): For formed concrete surfaces exposed to view, or that are to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to the concrete, such as wall covering, or a coating material bonded to the concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, painting, concrete coating or other similar system. This is the as-cast concrete surface as obtained with selected form facing material, arranged orderly and symmetrically with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with all fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed.

C.

Grout Cleaned Finish (GrtCl-Fin): Provide grout cleaned finish to surfaces which have received smooth form finish treatment and which will not be covered with a covering material. Combine one part Portland cement to 1½ parts fine sand by volume, and the bonding mixture "SBR Latex" by The Euclid Chemical Company to produce a grout the consistency of thick paint. Blend standard Portland cement and white Portland cement, amounts determined by trial patches, so that final color of dry grout will closely match adjacent surfaces. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces and apply grout immediately to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours after rubbing.

D.

3.8

Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces strike-off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise shown.

MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A.

Scratch Finish (Scr-Fn): Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for tile, Portland cement terrazo, and other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material and as otherwise shown on drawings. After placing slabs, plane surface to a tolerance so that depressions between high spots do not exceed ½-inch under a 10 foot straightedge. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling, roughen surfaces before final set with stiff brushes, brooms or rakes.

B.

Float Finish (Flt-Fn): Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 12

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to a tolerance so that depressions between high spots do not exceed 5/16-inch under a 10 foot straightedge. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C.

Trowel Finish (Tr-Fn): Apply trowel finish to interior monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown or specified, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint, or thin film coating system. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a surface plane tolerance so that depressions between high spots do not exceed 3/16-inch under a 10 foot straightedge. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering system.

D.

Non-Slip Broom Finish (NSBrm-Fn): Apply non-slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms or slabs, steps and ramps, all wet locations whether interior or exterior and elsewhere as shown on drawings or in schedules.

E.

Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle brooms perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with the Engineer before application.

F.

Sealer/Dustproof Finish: Apply a second coat of the specified clear, styrene butadiene type curing and sealing compound to interior concrete floors where indicated on the drawings. The compound shall be applied in strict accordance with the directions of the manufacturer and just prior to completion of construction.

G.

Slope all slabs in wet areas to drain to floor drains, channels or open tanks.

3.9

CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A.

General: Protect freshly place concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least seven (7) days in accordance with ACI-301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period.

B.

Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by moist curing, by moisture- retaining cover curing, by specified curing compounds, or by combinations thereof, as herein specified.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 13

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.

12-346

Provide moisture curing by following methods: Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water, continuous water-fog spray, or by covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges with 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.

2.

Provide Moisture-cover curing as follows: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, place in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.

3.

Provide membrane curing as follows: Apply specified curing compounds to concrete surfaces as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas which are subjected to heavy rainfall within three (3) hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

C.

Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including undersides of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable.

D.

Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces such as floor topping and other flat surfaces by application of the appropriate curing compound. All interior slabs to be covered with resilient tile or carpet shall be cured with the specified clear curing and sealing compound. All other interior trowel finished slabs shall be cured with the specified dissipating resin type curing compound. The curing compounds must be applied immediately after final finishing. Cure concrete surfaces to receive liquid floor hardener or finish flooring by use of moisture-retaining cover, unless otherwise directed.

3.10

SHORES AND SUPPORTS

A.

Comply with ACI-347 for shoring and reshoring multistory construction, and as herein specified.

B.

Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to safely support the work with excessive stress or deflection. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, and longer if required until the concrete has attained its required 28-day strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 14

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.11

12-346

REMOVAL OF FORMS

A.

Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50EF for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.

B.

Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as beam soffits, joints, elevated slabs, and other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days and until concrete has attained design minimum 28-day compressive strength. Determine compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field-cured specimens representative of concrete location of members. Form facing material may be removed four (4) days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports.

C.

3.12

No structural load may be placed on any unsupported concrete member (beams, walls, columns, elevated slabs, etc.) until compressive strength of field-cured specimens has reached design minimum 28-day compressive strength. Dead load may be applied after curing not less than 24 hours at not less than 50EF if the concrete is properly supported. No torsional load may be applied until compressive strength of field-cured cylinders has reached design minimum 28-day compressive strength.

RE-USE OF FORMS

A.

Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re-used in the work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form surfaces as specified for new formwork.

B.

When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms for exposed concrete surfaces, except as acceptable to Engineer.

3.13

MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS

A.

Filling-In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place construction. Fill-in openings in watertight structures with non-shrink grout. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work.

B.

Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.

C.

Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations, as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations,

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 15

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

complying with certified diagrams or templates of the manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D.

Non-Shrink Grout: All column base plates, equipment bases and other locations noted on the structural drawings shall be grouted with the specified non-shrink grout. All exposed grout shall be the specified non-metallic type.

E.

Reinforced Masonry: Provide concrete grout for reinforced masonry lintels and bond beams where indicated on drawings and as scheduled. Maintain accurate location of reinforcing steel during concrete placement.

3.14 A.

CONCRETE REPAIRS Patching Defective Areas: Patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, but only when acceptable to Engineer. Hydraulic structure shall be repaired using hydraulic cement. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over ¼-inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth of less than 1 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Before placing cement mortar or hydraulic cement, thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush coat the area to be patched with the specified bonding compound. New concrete shall be placed after the bonding compound has dried. For exposed-to-view surfaces, blend white Portland cement and standard Portland cement so that when dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding surface.

B.

Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets; fins and other projections on surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete.

C.

Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and to verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having required slope. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which adversely affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01-inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 16

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has cured at least 14 days. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations, by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer. D.

Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least ¾-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and brush with concrete bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of the same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in the same manner as adjacent concrete.

E.

Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1 inch in diameter by dry- pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and brush with concrete bonding agent. Mix drypack, consisting of one part Portland cement to 2½ parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours.

F.

With prior approval of the Engineer as to method and procedure, all structural repairs shall be made using the specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar. Where epoxy injection procedures must be used, an approved low viscosity epoxy made by the manufacturers specified previously shall be used.

G.

Repair methods not specified above may be used subject to acceptance of Engineer.

3.15 A.

QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION The contractor will employ a testing laboratory to perform all tests and to submit test reports. Sampling and testing for quality control during the placement of concrete shall include the following: 1.

Slump: ASTM C-143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge; and one test for each set of compressive strength test specimens.

2.

Air Content: ASTM C-231 pressure for normal weight concrete; one for each set of compressive strength test specimens.

3.

Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40EF and below, and when 80EF and above; and each time a set of compression test specimens are made.

4.

Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C-31; one set of six (6) standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens except when field-cure test specimens are required.

5.

Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C-39; one set for each 100 cu. yds. or fraction thereof, of each concrete class placed in any one day or for each 5,000 sq. ft. of surface area placed,

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 17

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

minimum one set for each day; two (2) specimens tested at seven (7) days, three (3) specimens tested at 28 days, and one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. When frequency of testing will provide less than five (5) strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five (5) are used. When the total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yds., the strength test may be waived by the Engineer if, in his judgement, adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. When the strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85% of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. The strength level shall be considered satisfactory so long as the average of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified strength and no individual strength test result falls below the specified strength by more than 500 psi.

3.16

6.

Tests results will be reported in writing to the Engineer and the contractor on the same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive strength test shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. Contractor shall pay for all testing conducted as required by this section. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor by the Owner for testing services.

7.

Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests, of in-place concrete when test results indicate the required strength level has not been achieved and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by the Engineer. The testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C-42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests conducted, and any additional testing as may be required, when unacceptable concrete is verified.

MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS All admixtures, compounds or other related materials shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.

END OF SECTION 03300.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

03300 - 18

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 05120- STRUCTURAL STEEL

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

1.2

This Section includes structural steel.

RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Section 05500- Misc. Materials Section 09800- Coatings

1.3

1.4

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

Structural Performance: Engineer structural steel connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by the fabricator to withstand design loadings indicated.

B.

Engineering Responsibility: Engage a fabricator who utilizes a qualified professional engineer to prepare calculations, shop drawings, and other structural data for structural steel connections.

SUBMITTALS A.

General: Submit each item in this Article according to Section 01300.

B.

Product Data for each type of product specified.

C.

Shop Drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components. 1. 2. 3.

4.

Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify high-strength bolted slip-critical, direct-tension, or tensioned shear/bearing connections. Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer registered in the state of the project responsible for their preparation.

D.

Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

E.

Mill test reports signed by manufacturers certifying that their products, including the following, comply with requirements.

STRUCTURAL STEEL

05120 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.5

12-346

Structural steel, including chemical and physical properties. Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. Direct-tension indicators. Shear stud connectors. Shop primers. Non-shrink grout.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed structural steel work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.

B.

Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in fabricating structural steel similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate structural steel without delaying the Work. 1.

C.

Fabricator must participate in the AISC Quality Certification Program and be designated an AISC-Certified Plant as follows: a. Category: Category I, conventional steel structures. b. Fabricator shall be registered with and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings-Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." AISC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design (LFRD) Specification for Structural Steel Buildings." AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle Members." AISC's "Specification for Load and Resistance Factor Design of Single- Angle Members." AISC's "Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings." ASTM A 6 "Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use." Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

D.

Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for projects with structural steel framing that are similar to that indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

E.

Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 1.

STRUCTURAL STEEL

Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.

05120 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.6

12-346

SEQUENCING Supply anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS A.

Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: As follows: 1. 2. 3.

B.

Cold-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B.

C.

Hot-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501.

D.

Carbon-Steel Castings: ASTM A 27, Grade 65-35, medium-strength carbon steel.

E.

High-Strength Steel Castings: ASTM A 148, Grade 80-50.

F.

Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grade 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished carbon steel, AWS D1.1, Type B.

G.

Anchor Rods,: As follows: 1.

H.

I.

Finish: Hot-dip zinc-coating, ASTM A 153, Class C.

High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. 1.

J.

Unheaded Rods: ASTM A 36.

Non-High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A; carbon- steel, hex-head bolts; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers. 1.

2.2

Carbon Steel: ASTM A 36. High-Strength, Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steel: ASTM A 572, Grade 50. High-Strength, Low-Alloy Structural Steel: ASTM A 588, Grade 50, corrosion resistant.

Finish: Hot-dip zinc-coating, ASTM A 153, Class C.

Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.

PRIMER A.

Primer: See Section 09800.

B.

Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds and repair painting galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 93% zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035A or SSPC-Paint 20.

STRUCTURAL STEEL

05120 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.3

GROUT A.

2.4

12-346

Non-Metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Pre-mixed, non-metallic, non-corrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application, and a 30-minute working time.

FABRICATION A.

Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate structural steel according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section and in Shop Drawings. 1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6.

B.

Complete structural steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop-priming operations. Comply with fabrication tolerance limits of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel.

Fabricate architecturally exposed structural steel with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surface blemishes, including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. 1. 2.

C.

Camber structural steel members where indicated. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6 and maintain markings until steel has been erected. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery a sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of structural steel.

Remove blemishes by filling, grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating, and shop priming. Comply with fabrication requirements, including tolerance limits, of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for architecturally exposed structural steel.

Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1.

Plane thermally cut edges to be welded.

D.

Finishing: Accurately mill ends of columns and other members transmitting loads in bearing.

E.

Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's printed instructions.

F.

Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel framing. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk, cross- recessed head machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.

G.

Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on Shop Drawings.

STRUCTURAL STEEL

05120 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1. 2.

2.5

A.

Shop install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts, except where high-strength bolts are indicated.

B.

Shop install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

3.

C.

Bolts: ASTM A 325 high-strength bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Connection Type: Snug tightened, unless indicated as slip-critical, direct- tension, or tensioned shear/bearing connections. Connection Type: Slip-critical, direct-tension, or tensioned shear/bearing connections as indicated.

Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. 2.

Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without warp. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back-side welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds ½” and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds.

SHOP PRIMING A.

Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

2.7

Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame- cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work.

SHOP CONNECTIONS

1. 2.

2.6

12-346

Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Surfaces to be field welded. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. Surfaces to receive sprayed-on fireproofing. Galvanized surfaces.

B.

Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to Section 0988.

C.

Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to Section 09800.

GALVANIZING Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel indicated for galvanizing according to ASTM A 123.

STRUCTURAL STEEL

05120 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.8

12-346

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.

All structural steel fabrication and connections shall be inspected in the factory prior to shipment by a person trained and qualified to perform quality control testing of structural steel. .

B.

Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements.

C.

Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements.

D.

In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at inspector’s option. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level "2-2T." Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

3.2

EXAMINATION A.

Before erection proceeds, and with the steel erector present, verify elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces and locations of anchorages for compliance with requirements.

B.

Do not proceed with erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION A.

Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated. 1.

3.3

Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength.

ERECTION A.

Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section.

B.

Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond- reducing materials and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates.

STRUCTURAL STEEL

05120 - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1. 2.

3.

C.

Maintain erection tolerances of architecturally exposed structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."

Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. 2.

3.4

Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure. a. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for grout materials.

Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 1.

D.

12-346

Level and plumb individual members of structure. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be when completed and in service.

E.

Splice members only where indicated.

F.

Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.

G.

Finish sections thermally cut during erection equal to a sheared appearance.

H.

Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.

FIELD CONNECTIONS A.

Install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts, except where high-strength bolts are indicated.

B.

Install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

C..

Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1.

STRUCTURAL STEEL

Comply with AISC specifications referenced in this section for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.

05120 - 7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2. 3.

3.5

12-346

Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without warp. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back-side welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds ½” and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Erector to perform final inspection and testing, of all erected steel to verify it was erected according to these specifications.

B.

Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements.

C.

Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements.

D.

In addition to visual inspection, field-welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at erector’s option. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level "2-2T." Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.

END OF SECTION 05120.

STRUCTURAL STEEL

05120 - 8

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Section 05120-Structural Steel

1.2

SUMMARY This section includes the following metal fabrications: Nosings Loose bearing and leveling plates Loose steel lintels Miscellaneous framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other sections Miscellaneous steel trim Shelf and relieving angles Aluminum pipe railings Aluminum stairways Aluminum ladders Aluminum grating Weirs Miscellaneous member connection hardware including bolts, clips, nuts, washers, expansion anchors.

1.3

SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Design, engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements of ASTM E 985 for structural performance based on testing performed in accordance with ASTM E 894 and E 935. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and install the following metal fabrications to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each respective component of each metal fabrication. Top Rail of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: Concentrated load of 300 lbf applied at any point noncurrently, vertically downward or horizontally. Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied at any point noncurrently, vertically downward or horizontally.

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

Uniform load of 50 lbf per linear foot applied noncurrently, vertically downward or horizontally. 1.4.

DESIGN Aluminum shapes, grating, stairs, and connections shall be designed by the fabricator’s specialty Professional Engineer, licensed in the state of the project in accordance with “Pre-Engineered Systems” notes on contract drawings S-0.1.

1.5

SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with the Section 01300. Product data for products used in miscellaneous metal fabrications, including paint products and grout. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other sections. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in “Quality Assurance” article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project name, addresses, names of Architects/Engineer and Owners, and other information specified.

1.6

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall verify all measurements and shall take all field measurements necessary before fabrication. Welding to or on structural steel shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1. Items specified to be galvanized, when practicable and not indicated otherwise, shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with ASTM A 123, ASTM A 653, or ASTM A 924, as applicable. Exposed fastenings shall be compatible materials, shall generally match in color and finish, and shall harmonize with the material to which fastenings are applied. Materials and parts necessary to complete each item, even though such work is not definitely shown or specified, shall be included. Poor matching of holes for fasteners shall be cause for rejection. Fastenings shall be concealed where practicable. Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports shall provide strength and stiffness. Joints exposed to the weather shall be formed to exclude water.

1.7

DISSIMILAR MATERIALS Where dissimilar metals are in contact, or where aluminum is in contact with concrete, mortar, masonry, or absorptive materials subject to wetting, the surfaces shall be protected with a coat of bituminous paint or asphalt varnish.

1.8

WORKMANSHIP Miscellaneous metalwork shall be well formed to shape and size, with sharp lines and angles and true curves. Drilling and punching shall produce clean true lines and surfaces. Welding shall be continuous along the entire area of contact except where tack welding is permitted. Exposed connections of work in place shall not be tack welded. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth.

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

Exposed surfaces of work in place shall have a smooth finish, and unless otherwise approved, exposed riveting shall be flush. Where tight fits are required, joints shall be milled. Corner joints shall be coped or mitered, well formed, and in true alignment. Work shall be accurately set to established lines and elevations and securely fastened in place. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and approved drawings, cuts, and details. 1.9

ANCHORAGE Anchorage shall be provided where necessary for fastening miscellaneous metal items securely in place. Anchorage not otherwise specified or indicated shall include slotted inserts made to engage with the anchors, expansion shields, and power-driven fasteners when approved for concrete; toggle bolts and through bolts for masonry; machine and carriage bolts for steel; and lag bolts and screws for wood. Anchorage for metal components shall be stainless steel embedded anchor bolts similar and equal to Rawl Power Bolt manufactured from 300 series stainless steel.

1.10

ALUMINUM FINISHES Unless otherwise specified, aluminum items shall have a standard mill finish for aluminum grating, stairways and ladders. Anodized finish shall be used on handrails and the thickness of the coating shall be not less than that specified for protective and decorative type finishes for items used in interior locations or architectural Class I type finish for items used in exterior locations in AA DAF45. Items to be anodized shall receive a polished satin finish. Aluminum surfaces to be in contact with plaster or concrete during construction shall be protected with a field coating.

1.11

SHOP PAINTING Surfaces of ferrous metal except galvanized surfaces, shall be cleaned and shop coated with the protective coating specified herein. Surfaces of items to be embedded in concrete shall not be painted.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

FERROUS METALS Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view upon completion of the work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials whose exposed surfaces exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, roughness, and, for steel sheet, variations in flatness exceeding those permitted by reference standards for stretcher-leveled sheet. A.

Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36.

B.

Steel Tubing: Product type (manufacturing method) and as follows: Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, grade as indicated below: Grade B, unless otherwise indicated or required for design loading.

C.

Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; finish, type, and weight class as follows:

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

Black finish, unless otherwise indicated. Type S, Grade B, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated, or another weight required by structural loads. D.

Aluminum alloy shall conform to following Aluminum Association specification and designations: (1)

6061-T6

(2) (3) (4)

6063-T6 6066-T6 6151-T6

Structural shapes, tubes and pipes in corrosive areas, sheets, plates, wire, rods, bars, bolts and screws. Tubes and pipes in non-corrosive areas, handrails and grating. Weldings and extrusions. Forgings and forging stock.

E.

Electrodes for welding structural shall conform to AWS A5-1, E070 Series.

F.

Stainless steel shall conform to ASTM Type 304 for sheets and plates and to ASTM Type 307 for bolts except for anchor bolts for weir plates which shall be Type 316.

G.

Primer Paint: Non-Submerged: Indurall Rapid Dry Epoxy Primer Red H-1175 or equal. Submerged: Indurall Hq-1066 Epoxy Primer or equal.

H.

Grout and Anchoring Cement: Non-Shrink, Non-Metallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive, non-gaseous grout complying with CE CRD-C 621. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications of type specified in this section. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Non-Shrink, Non-Metallic Grouts: “Euco - S Grout”; Euclid Chemical Company “Masterflow 713"; Master Builders “Five Star Grout”; U. S. Grout Corporation.

2.2

FABRICATION, GENERAL Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of each metal fabrication. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32-inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bentmetal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with AWS recommendations and the following: Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base materials. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolt. Locate joints where least conspicuous. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring device to provide adequate support for intended use. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reasonably and coordinated installation. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 2.3

LOOSE STEEL LINTELS Fabricate loose structural steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. Size loose lintels for equal bearing of one inch per foot of clean span but not less than 8 inches bearing at each side of openings, unless otherwise indicated.

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.4

12-346

SHELF AND RELIEVING ANGLES Fabricate shelf and relieving angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide slotted holes to receive ¾-inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and not more than 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support self/relieving angles from back-up masonry and concrete. Align expansion joints in angles with indicated expansion joints in cavity wall exterior wythe. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, for attachment of self angles to cast-inplace concrete.

2.5

ALUMINUM PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS A.

Aluminum Handrails and Guard Rails: Handrails and guard rails shall consist of 1½ inch nominal Schedule 40 pipe ASTM B 429. Railings and pipe collars shall be anodized aluminum. All fasteners shall be Series 300 stainless steel. 1.

Jointing shall be by one of the following methods: a.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6.

Flush type rail fittings, welded and ground smooth with splice locks secured with d-inch recessed head setscrews. b. Mitered and welded joints, made by fitting post to top rail and intermediate rail to post and corners, shall be groove welded and ground smooth. Splices, where allowed by the Engineer, shall be butted and reinforced by a tight fitting dowel or sleeve not less than 6 inches in length. Dowel or sleeve shall be connected to one side of the splice by tack welding or by using epoxy cement. c. Railings shall be assembled using slip-on aluminum-magnesium alloy fittings for joints. Fittings shall be fastened to pipe or tube with ¼-inch or d-inch stainless steel head setscrews. Assembled railings shall be provided with fittings only at vertical supports or at rail terminations attached to walls. Expansion joints shall be at the midpoint of panels. A setscrew shall be provided in only one side of the slip-on sleeve. Alloy fittings shall conform to ASTM B 26. Removable sections, and brackets shall be provided where indicated, using flange castings as appropriate. Toe boards shall be installed on all handrails. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical crosssection of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deformity exposed surfaces of pipe. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/16-inch thick plate in place or by use of prefabricated fittings, except where clearance of end of pipe and adjoining wall surface is ¼-inch of less. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnections of pipe and attachment of

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

7.

2.6

12-346

railings and handrails to other work. Furnish inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings and handrails to concrete or masonry work. For railing posts set in concrete fabricate sleeves from aluminum pipe not less than 6 inches long and with an inside diameter not less than ½-inch greater than the outside diameter of post, with steel plate closure welded to bottom of sleeve. Provide friction fit, removable covers designed to keep sleeves clean and hold top edge of sleeve ½-inch below finished surface of concrete.

GRATING AND FRAMES Grating and frames shall be constructed of aluminum 6063-T6 alloy. Grating shall be I bar type design bearing bars to deflect ¼-inch or less under 200 psf uniform load. Limit grating panel weight to 50 lbs. to facilitate manual removal unless approved otherwise. Any shop drawing deviating from this limit shall specifically denote deviation. Shop drawings shall show proposed method of grating support where bearing bars are cut. Exposed edges shall be banded with bar of same shape as bearing bar. Grating and frames shall be mill finish. Cutouts for piping shall be at least 2 inches larger in diameter. Grating shall be held in place with stainless steel saddle clamps and stainless steel bolts.

2.7

STAIR NOSING Stair nosing shall be furnished on all stairs and concrete steps and shall be extruded 6063-T6 aluminum 3 inches wide by ¼-inch thick with five (5) abrasive filled ribs. Owner shall select abrasive filler color. Each nosing shall have two (2) anchors minimum embedded in concrete. Maximum anchor spacing shall be 16 inches with anchors spaced 3 inches from each end of nosing. Nosing length shall be stair width less 6 inches.

2.8

ALUMINUM STAIRS AND LADDERS Stairs and ladders shall be constructed of aluminum and to withstand the anticipated conditions and forces and deflect ¼-inch or less under 150 psf load and shall be constructed of aluminum. Aluminum ladders shall be fixed rail type with channel side rails in accordance with ANSI 14.3. Aluminum stairs shall be complete with structural or formed channel stringers, grating treads, columns, handrails, and necessary bolts and other fastenings as indicated. Structural aluminum shall conform to Aluminum Association specifications 6061-T6. Grating treads shall have slip-resistant nosings.

2.9

ALUMINUM SHAPES AND PLATES Aluminum shapes and plates shall be alloy 6061-T6.

2.10

WEIR PLATES, BAFFLE PLATES AND SPLASH SHIELDS Weir plates, baffle plates and splash shields shall be fabricated from ¼-inch thick aluminum or fiberglass unless otherwise shown. Anchor bolts for weir plates shall be Type 316 stainless steel.

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.11

12-346

MISCELLANEOUS METALS No field cutting or drilling or miscellaneous metals will be permitted without Engineer’s approval.

2.12

STEELWORK Steelwork shall be cleaned complying with SSPC SP-2, SP-3, or SP-7. Oil and grease shall be cleaned complying with SSPC SP-1. Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer paint in accordance with Section 09900 - PAINTING to provide a minimum uniform dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.

2.13

SAFETY CHAINS Safety chains shall be bright aluminum d-inch trade size, chain with a working limit of 1200 lbs. Safety chains shall be straight link style, and equipped with d-inch 316 stainless steel standard 200 pound load rated 316 stainless steel snaps with thimble eye. Snaps at each end will be fastened with 5/16-inch 316 stainless steel threaded chain connections work load unit 1540 pounds. Eye bolts for attachment of chains shall be 304 stainless steel d-inch bolt size with a e-inch welded closed eye. Furnish stainless steel washers and stainless steel nylon insert lock nuts. Two (2) chain assemblies shall be furnished for each opening.

2.14

MISCELLANEOUS Miscellaneous plates and shapes for items that do not form a part of the structural steel framework, such as lintels, sill angles, miscellaneous mountings, and frames shall be provided to complete the work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

PREPARATION Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, including concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate deliver of such items to project site. Center nosings on tread widths with noses flush with riser faces and tread surfaces. Set sleeves in concrete with tops flush surface elevations; protect sleeves from water and concrete entry.

3.2

INSTALLATION GENERAL Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; included threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-8

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

connectors as required. All anchorage devices and fasteners located in all treatment structures shall be stainless steel. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in correcting welding work, and the following: Use materials and method that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. 3.3

INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated, or if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb poses in each direction. Secure posts and railing ends to building construction as follows: Railings shall be installed as specified and shown. Railing posts anchored to concrete surfaces perpendicular to the posts shall be set in sleeve inserts anchored in the concrete, and the space between posts and sleeves shall be filled with molten lead, sulphur, or a quicksetting hydraulic cement and covered with standard collar fittings secured to the poses. A ¼-inch drain hole shall be drilled near the bottom of each post. Railings may be rigidy secured to flange fittings anchored to concrete with expansion anchors. Railing posts anchored to concrete surfaces parallel to the posts shall be rigidly secured to flange fittings anchored to concrete with expansion anchors. Railing posts anchored to structural metal shall be rigidly secured to flange fittings bolted to structural metal. Ends of rails anchored to concrete or masonry shall be rigidly secured to flange fittings anchored to concrete or masonry with expansion anchors. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints at locations indicated, or if not indicated, at intervals not to exceed 40 feet. Provide slip joint with internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side; fasten internal sleeve securely to one side; locate joint within 6 inches of posts.

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-9

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.4

12-346

GRATING AND FRAMES Install grating and frames as shown on drawings and approved shop drawings. Frames and grating shall be flush with finished floor.

3.5

STAIR NOSINGS Install stair nosings on concrete stairs at each tread and along platform and landing area at beginning of stair flights. Nosing shall extend to within 3 inches of each tread end or wall surface. Nosing shall be completely embedded in concrete before the initial set of the concrete occurs and shall finish flush with the top of the concrete surface.

3.6

ANCHOR BOLTS Install anchor bolts at locations shown on drawings. See manufacturer’s shop drawings for equipment anchor bolt sizes and locations.

3.7

EXPANSION ANCHORS Install expansion anchors at locations shown on drawings and in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.8

WEIR PLATES Install weir plates level as shown on drawings. Fill tanks with water and use the water surface to set all weirs in all tanks at the same elevations.

3.9

MOUNTING OF SAFETY CHAINS Safety chains shall be mounted 3 feet, 6 inches and 2 feet above the floor.

END OF SECTION 05500.

METAL FABRICATIONS

05500-10

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 07417 - INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SECTION INCLUDES A.

Foamed-insulation-core lap seam exposed fastener metal wall panels, with related metal trim and accessories.

1.2

REFERENCES

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Manufacturer/Source: Provide metal panel assemblies and accessories from a single manufacturer approved under an accredited third-party quality control program

B.

Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer listed in this Section with minimum five years experience in manufacture of similar products in successful use in similar applications. 1.

Approval of Comparable Products: Submit the following in accordance with project substitution requirements, within time allowed for substitution review: a. b.

A.

2.

Substitutions following award of contract are not allowed except as stipulated in Division 01 General Requirements.

3.

Approved manufacturers must meet separate requirements of Submittals Article.

Installer Qualifications: Experienced Installer with minimum of five years experience with successfully completed projects of a similar nature and scope. 1.

1.4

Product data, including certified independent test data indicating compliance with requirements. Sample warranty.

Installer's Field Supervisor: Experienced mechanic supervising work on site whenever work is underway.

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: Manufacturer’s data sheets for specified products.

B.

Shop Drawings: Show layouts of metal panels. Include details of each condition of installation, panel profiles, and attachment to building. Provide details at a minimum scale 11/2-inch per foot of edge conditions, joints, fastener and sealant placement, flashings, openings, penetrations, curbs, vents, snow guards, lightning arresting equipment, and special details. Make distinctions between factory and field assembled work. 1. 2. 3.

Include data indicating compliance with performance requirements. Indicate points of supporting structure that must coordinate with metal panel system installation. Include structural data indicating compliance with performance requirements and requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.

INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

07417-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

C.

Samples for Initial Selection: For each exposed product specified including sealants. Provide representative color charts of manufacturer's full range of colors.

D.

Samples for Verification: 1. Provide 12 inch- (305 mm-) long section of each metal panel profile. 2. Provide color chip verifying color selection.

1.5

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.6

Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance of products with requirements. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A.

Maintenance data.

B.

Manufacturer's Warranty: Executed copy of manufacturer's warranty.

1.7

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Protect products of metal panel system during shipping, handling, and storage to prevent staining, denting, deterioration of components, or other damage. Protect panels and trim bundles during shipping. Protect painted surfaces with a strippable protective covering before shipping. 1. 2. 3.

1.8

Deliver, unload, store, and erect metal panels and accessory items without misshaping panels or exposing panels to surface damage from weather or construction operations. Store in accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions. Provide wood collars for stacking and handling in the field. Shield foam insulated metal panels from direct sunlight until installation.

WARRANTY A.

Special Manufacturer’s Warranty: Submit Manufacturer’s two (2) year limited warranty providing panels to be free from defects in materials and workmanship, beginning from the date of substantial completion excluding coil coatings (paint finishes) that are covered under a separate warranty.

B.

The installation contractor shall issue a separate one (1) year warranty against defects in installed materials and workmanship, beginning from the date of substantial completion of the installation.

C.

Special Panel Finish Warranty: Submit Manufacturer’s twenty-five (25) year limited warranty on the exterior paint finish for adhesion to the metal substrate and twenty-five (25) year limited warranty on the exterior paint finish for chalk and fade. 1.

Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System: a. b. c.

Color fading in excess of 10 Hunter units per ASTM D 2244. Chalking in excess of No. 8 rating per ASTM D 4214. Failure of adhesion, peeling, checking, or cracking.

INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

07417-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURER A.

Basis of Design Manufacturer: MBCI Metal Roof and Wall Systems, Division of NCI Group, Inc.; Houston TX. Tel: (877)713-6224; Email: [email protected]; Web: www.mbci.com. 1.

2.2

Provide basis of design product , or comparable product approved by Architect prior to bid.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

General: Provide metal panel system meeting performance requirements as determined by application of specified tests by a qualified testing facility on manufacturer's standard assemblies.

B.

Structural Performance: Provide metal panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of indicated loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, as determined by ASTM E 1592 or ASTM E 72 applied in accordance with IES AC 04, Section 4, Panel Load Test Option or Section 5, Panel Analysis Option:

C.

Wall Panels FM Approvals Listing: Comply with FM Approvals 4881. Provide metal wall panel assembly listed in FM Approvals' "Approval Guide."

D.

Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide metal panel systems with the following fire-test characteristics determined by indicated test standard as applied by UL or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.

Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide metal panel systems with the following characteristics when tested per ASTM E 84. The core shall have: a. b.

2.

3.

Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC)Standard 4880, 50’ (15.24m) High Corner Test for Unlimited Height Structures: The panel assembly shall not support a selfpropagating fire which reaches any limits of the 50’ (15.24m) high corner test structure as evidenced by flaming or material damage of the ceiling of the assembly. Fire Propagation: The fire assembly shall meet the requirements of the standard for: a. b.

E.

2.3

Flame spread index: 25 or less. Smoke developed index: 450 or less.

NFPA 285 NFPA 286

Thermal Performance: When tested in accordance with ASTM C 518, Measurement of Steady State thermal Transmission, the panels shall provide a k factor of 0.14 btu/sf/hr/deg F at a 75° F (24° C) mean temperature. INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

A.

Lap Seam, Exposed Fastener, Foamed-Insulation-Core Metal Wall Panels: Structural metal panels consisting of exterior metal sheet with three major tapered ribs and two minor ribs between each major rib, and interior metal sheet, with factory foamed-in-place polyurethane

INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

07417-3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

core in thermally-separated profile, with tongue-and-groove panel edges, attached to supports using exposed fasteners. 1.

Basis of Design: MBCI, Eco-ficient Insulated R Panel.

2.

G-90 galvanized coated steel conforming to ASTM A 653 and/or AZ50 aluminum-zinc alloy coated steel, conforming to ASTM A 792/A 792M, minimum grade 33, prepainted by the coil-coating process per ASTM A 755/A 755M. a. Exterior Face Sheet: 22 gauge coated thickness, with smooth surface.

b.

Finish: Fluoropolymer two-coat system

2)

Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors

Interior Face Sheet: 24 gauge coated thickness, with stucco embossed surface and planked profile. 1)

Finish: Fluoropolymer two-coat system

2)

Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors

3.

Panel Width: 36 inches (914 mm).

4. 5.

Panel Thickness: 2 inch (51 mm). Insulating Core: Polyurethane with zero ozone depletion potential blowing agent a. b. c.

2.4

1)

Closed Cell Content: 95% or more as determined by ASTM D 6226 Compressive Strength: As required to meet structural performance requirements and with a minimum of 15 psi as determined by ASTM D 1621 Minimum Density: 2.0 pcf (32 kg/m3) as determined by ASTM D 1622

METAL WALL PANEL ACCESSORIES A.

General: Provide complete metal panel assemblies incorporating trim, copings, fasciae, gutters and downspouts, and miscellaneous flashings. Provide required fasteners, closure strips, and sealants as indicated in manufacturer's written instructions.

B.

Flashing and Trim: Match material, thickness, and finish of metal panel face sheet.

C.

Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws and other acceptable fasteners recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Provide corrosion-resistant fasteners with heads matching color of metal panels by means of factory-applied coating, with weathertight resilient washers.

D.

Joint Sealers: Provide Concealed Joint Sealants and Urethane Joint Sealants .

2.5

FABRICATION A.

General: Provide factory fabricated and finished metal panels, trim, and accessories meeting performance requirements, indicated profiles, and structural requirements.

B.

Fabricate metal panel joints configured to accept sealant tape providing weathertight seal and preventing metal-to-metal contact and minimizing noise resulting from thermal movement.

C.

Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings.

INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

07417-4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.6

12-346

FINISHES A.

Finishes, General: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

B.

Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System: 0.2 – 0.3 mil primer with 0.7 - 0.8 mil 70 percent PVDF fluoropolymer color coat, AAMA 621, meeting solar reflectance index requirements. 1.

C.

Basis of Design: MBCI, Signature 300.

Interior Face Sheet Coil-Coated Finish System: 1.

Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System: 0.2-mil primer with 0.7 - 0.8 mil 70 percent PVDF fluoropolymer color coat. a.

Basis of Design: MBCI, Signature 300.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine metal panel system substrate with Installer present. Inspect for erection tolerances and other conditions that would adversely affect installation of metal panels. 1.

Inspect existing framing that will support insulated metal panels to determine if support components are installed as indicated on approved shop drawings and are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel manufacturer and installer. Confirm presence of acceptable framing members at recommended spacing to match installation requirements of metal panels.

2.

Panel Support Tolerances: Confirm that metal panel supports are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel manufacturer but not greater than the following: a. b. c. d.

B. 3.2

1/4 inch (6 mm) in 20 foot (6100 mm) in any direction. 3/8 inch (9 mm) over any single wall plane. At Girt Spacing 10 feet (3048 mm) or more: 1/4 inches (6 mm), out only. At Girt Spacing Less Than 10 feet (3048 mm): 1/8 inches (3 mm), out only.

Correct out-of-tolerance work and other deficient conditions prior to proceeding with insulated metal panel installation. METAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A.

Lap-Seamed, Exposed-Fastener Foamed-Insulation-Core Metal Panels: Install metal panel system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings. Install metal panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Anchor panels and other components securely in place. Provide for thermal and structural movement.

B.

Attach panels to metal framing using screws, fasteners, sealants, and adhesives recommended for application by metal panel manufacturer. 1.

Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each location indicated on approved shop drawings, at spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer.

INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

07417-5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2. 3. 4.

12-346

Cut panels in field where required using manufacturer's recommended methods. Provide weatherproof jacks for pipe and conduit penetrating metal panels. Dissimilar Materials: Where elements of metal panel system will come into contact with dissimilar materials, treat faces and edges in contact with dissimilar materials as recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

C.

Attach panel flashing trim pieces to supports using recommended fasteners and joint sealers.

D.

Joint Sealers: Install tape sealers and liquid sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal panel assemblies. 1.

3.3

Seal panel base assembly, openings, panel head joints, and perimeter joints using joint sealers indicated in manufacturer's instructions.

ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A.

General: Install metal panel accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting; provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. 2. 3.

3.4

Install components required for a complete metal panel assembly, including trim, copings, flashings, sealants, closure strips, and similar items. Comply with details of assemblies utilized to establish compliance with performance requirements and manufacturer's written installation instructions. Set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently weather resistant.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL. A.

3.5

Water-Spray Test: After completing portion of metal panel assembly including accessories and trim, test 2-bay area selected by Architect for water penetration, according to AAMA 501.2. CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A.

Remove temporary protective films immediately in accordance with metal panel manufacturer's instructions. Clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

B.

Replace damaged panels and accessories that cannot be repaired to the satisfaction of the Architect.

END OF SECTION 07417

INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

07417-6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 11000 - MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

This section contains general information required to install mechanical equipment as shown on the plans and specified on the various individual specifications.

B.

Included shall be all supervision, labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services as required for installation and test operation of equipment, including the services of Manufacturer's service engineers, receiving, unloading, storage, protection, installation, and complete erection of all mechanical equipment required in these Specifications.

C.

Installation shall include, but not be limited to, placing, shimming, anchoring, grouting, cleaning, painting, lubricating, assembling, testing, and adjusting of all mechanical equipment. Installation shall also include providing all required miscellaneous parts.

D.

The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other disciplines to provide a complete, operational installation.

1.2

QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT A.

Equipment and appurtenances shall be designed for and constructed of materials for the conditions of exposure and of such strength to withstand all stresses which may occur during testing, installation, and all conditions of normal operation.

B.

Machinery parts shall conform exactly to the dimensions shown on the Shop Drawings. The corresponding parts of identical machines shall be made interchangeable. Clearance shall be provided for repairs, inspection and adjustment.

C.

Exposed surfaces shall be finished in appearance. All exposed welds shall be ground smooth and the corners of structure shapes shall be rounded or chamfered for personnel protection.

D.

All machinery and equipment shall comply in all respects with the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and other applicable Federal, State and Local Laws and Regulations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

ANCHORS AND SUPPORTS A.

The Contractor shall furnish, install, and protect all guides, bearing plates, anchor and attachment bolts, and all other appurtenances required for the installation. Anchors and supports shall be of ample size and strength for the purpose intended and shall be approved by the Engineer.

B.

Anchor bolts shall be furnished and set in concrete foundations where required.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11000 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

C.

2.2

12-346

The Contractor shall obtain and use approved Shop Drawings and suitable templates for installation of equipment. LUBRICATION

A.

The Contractor shall thoroughly lubricate all equipment in accordance with the equipment and manufacturer's instructions. Lubricating oils and greases shall be of the type and viscosity recommended by the equipment manufacturer.

B.

All lubricants shall be furnished with flushing oils as recommended by the Manufacturer. This includes, but is not limited to, all gearing and bearings, regardless of whether they have been shipped with or without oil soluble protective coatings.

C.

Following flushing, oil lubricating systems shall be filled with "run-in" oil as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. The equipment shall be "run-in" at the no-load condition for a minimum of two (2) hours. Following "run-in" and inspection, the equipment is to be drained and flushed again with flushing oil and refilled with lubricant as recommended by the Manufacturer.

D.

The grease fittings on all mechanical equipment shall be a standard button head type.

E.

Where locally mounted grease fittings would be difficult to service, the fittings shall be extended by adequately sized tubing to a point that shall provide accessibility for normal maintenance. Such points shall be located and installed as directed by the Engineer.

2.3

PROTECTIVE COATINGS AND PAINTING A.

All equipment and materials shall be shop painted. Particular attentions shall be directed to wetted surfaces and other areas exposed to corrosive, extreme temperature or other hazardous environments. Refer to individual equipment specifications for painting requirements.

B.

All machined surfaces and shafting shall be cleaned and protected from corrosion by the proper type and amount of coating necessary to assure protection until start-up.

C.

Oil lubricated gearing, bearings, and other lubricated components, shall be shipped with an oil soluble protective coating as recommended by the Manufacturer. The coating shall be selected to provide protection until start-up.

D.

Do not paint over any labels or identification plates.

E.

Refinish equipment if it is damaged during construction/installation.

2.4

TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES A.

The Contractor shall furnish with each type, make, or size of equipment, any special tools, wrenches and appliances which may be needed to adjust, operate, maintain, or repair the equipment. Such tools and appliances shall be high-grade, properly labeled, and delivered to the Owner with the equipment.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11000 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

NOISE REQUIREMENTS A.

3.2

All equipment specified to be tested for noise generation shall be tested after installation. When tested, equipment shall include the complete driver and driven equipment. Three (3) certified copies of the test shall be submitted to the Owner for approval prior to final acceptance. SHOP INSPECTION AND SHOP TESTING

A.

3.3

All equipment shall be inspected at the Manufacturer's shop before shipment. Where shop tests are specified, unless otherwise specified, the tests shall be the Manufacturer's standard test procedures and the Manufacturer shall demonstrate that the equipment meets all the requirements of these tests. SHIPPING AND IDENTIFICATION

A.

Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a substantial stainless steel or aluminum nameplate, securely fastened in a conspicuous location and clearly inscribed with the Manufacturer's name, year of manufacture, serial number, principal rating data and equipment item number.

B.

All openings shall be covered with plywood, plastic or wood plugs or shields to prevent debris from entering the assemblies.

3.4

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A.

3.5

Operation and Maintenance Data shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01730 before mechanical start-up. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT

A.

Before installation of any equipment the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with one set of detailed installation and operation instructions. This copy shall be in addition to the Contractor's copy or copies available on the job site for his instruction. Equipment shall not be installed until these instructions are available to the Engineer.

B.

The Contractor's work procedure shall conform to the Manufacturer's installation instructions unless expressly directed otherwise by the Engineer.

C.

All equipment shall be installed level and plumb on the foundations and supports at the locations and elevations shown on the plans, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer during installation.

D.

The equipment shall be brought to proper level with wedges and shims or backing nuts. After the machine has been leveled and aligned, the nuts on the anchor bolts shall be tightened to anchor the machine firmly into place against the shims or backing nuts. The entire void between the equipment and its foundation shall be filled with grout. Grout shall be non-metallic, non-shrink grout meeting Corps of Engineers Specifications CRD-C-621 (588) Volume Change per ASTM C-827 0.00% shrinkage compressive strength 5,000 psi seven (7) days.

E.

All equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to provide access for routine maintenance and lubrication.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11000 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

F.

3.6

12-346

Equipment of a portable nature which requires no installation shall be delivered to a location designated by the Owner. MECHANICAL START-UP

A.

Once the equipment has been installed, complete with all auxiliary and support systems, and is ready for operation, the Contractor shall mechanically check out the equipment to verify that the equipment functions correctly under "non-process" conditions. The equipment shall be fine-tuned, adjusted, water tested, where applicable, and completely checked out before the equipment and support systems are considered ready for process start-up.

B.

The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating this effort and providing all support services and facilities necessary for this work effort.

C.

The equipment will not be considered ready for process start up until the Engineer is satisfied that the equipment has been satisfactorily checked out and successfully passed a "non-process" test run.

3.7

PROCESS START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TESTS A.

Once the Engineer considers the equipment ready for process start-up and the support systems can deliver the process material, the Contractor and Manufacturer shall start up the equipment under process conditions and conduct performance tests to verify compliance with the specific requirements contained in each section of these specifications, where given.

B.

The Contractor and Manufacturer shall provide the necessary supervision and technical personnel and services required to perform the work. The Contractor and Manufacturer shall coordinate this phase of the work with the Owner who shall provide necessary support services and facilities to assist the Contractor and Manufacturer in performing the work.

C.

The equipment shall be considered ready for a performance test only after the Contractor has demonstrated to the Engineer that the equipment can operate continuously, without mechanical interruption under process flow conditions for up to three (3) days, or a such lesser time as may be mutually agreeable to the Engineer and Contractor.

D.

After it has been determined that the equipment will operate satisfactorily under process conditions, the performance test shall be made by the Contractor and Manufacturer to verify that the equipment can meet the requirements outlined in the specifications. The performance tests shall be based on maintaining the design requirements for up to five (5) consecutive days or such lesser or longer time shown in the specific section or mutually agreeable to the Engineer and the Contractor and Manufacturer.

E.

In the event that the process material does not conform to the design criteria of the specifications to the extent that the equipment cannot meet the specified requirements, then the Owner and Contractor and Manufacturer may mutually adjust the design criteria to an equivalent basis in order that equipment performance can be evaluated. Any adjustment in the design criteria and equipment performance specifications will be established by the Engineer and agreed to by all parties in writing.

F.

Performance test procedures shall be prepared by the Contractor and Manufacturer and approved (in writing) by the Engineer before performance tests are conducted.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11000 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.8

12-346

FAILURE OF TESTS A.

Any defects in the equipment, or deviations from the guarantees or requirements of the specifications, shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor by replacement and/or Manufacturer and Engineer approved repair. If the Contractor fails to correct any defects or deviations, or if the replaced equipment, when tested, shall fail to meet the guarantees or specified requirements, the Owner, notwithstanding his having made partial payment for work and materials which have entered into the manufacturer of such equipment, may reject that equipment and order the Contractor to remove it from the premises at the Contractor's expense.

B.

If the Owner rejects a particular item of equipment, the Contractor hereby agrees to repay to the Owner all sums of money paid to him for the rejected equipment on progress certificates or otherwise. Upon receipt of such monies the Owner will execute and deliver to the Contractor a bill of sale of all his rights, title, and interest in and to the rejected equipment; provided, however, that the equipment shall not be removed from the premises until the Owner obtains from other sources equipment to take the place of that rejected. The bill of sale shall not abrogate the Owner's right to recover damages for delays, losses, or other conditions arising out of the basic contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to obtain alternate equipment within a reasonable time and the Contractor agrees that the Owner may use the original equipment furnished by him without rental or other charge until the alternate equipment is obtained.

C.

The Contractor shall also agree to repay the Owner installation costs for the rejected equipment. The installation costs will be derived by the Owner based on actual costs charged for the installation of the equipment.

3.9

ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIPMENT BY THE OWNER A.

After all the conditions of the drawings and specifications have been satisfied, the Owner will designate in writing that the equipment is accepted, and at such time the Owner will be responsible for all further maintenance and operation of same.

END OF SECTION 11000.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11000 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 11351 – SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SCOPE A.

Contractor shall furnish and install one sludge dewatering system as indicated in the Contract Documents.

B.

Contractor responsibilities shall include providing a complete turnkey project. These Contract Documents and Specifications represent the minimum standards for equipment, design, construction and installation, and shall not be considered complete.

C.

A complete sludge dewatering system shall include, but not limited to, the following components: screw press equipment, polymer dosing system for liquid polymer, progressive cavity sludge feed pump equipment, drive motors, gear reducers, support legs, mounting pedestals, anchor bolts, instrumentation and controls, piping, wiring and all accessories and appurtenances specified herein or otherwise required for a complete and properly operating installation.

D.

All screw press dewatering system mechanical equipment to include screw press(s), polymer dosing system(s), progressive cavity sludge feed pump(s), instrumentation and controls, and bid alternate(s), if applicable, shall be provided by a single manufacturer. The sludge dewatering system shall be capable of dewatering municipal waste activated sludge.

E.

Contractor shall coordinate all details of the equipment with other related parts of the work. The Contractor shall verify that all structures, piping, wiring and equipment components are compatible. The Contractor shall be responsible for all structural and other alternations required to accommodate equipment which will require modifications to existing facilities for installation or any equipment differing in dimensions or other characteristics from the Contract Documents.

F.

Contractor shall install the equipment according to instructions and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. Piping and wiring shall be installed as not to allow for obstructions or trip hazards and to provide ease of accessibility to equipment and controls.

G.

Power supply for main control panel(s) shall be 460 V, 60 Hz 3-phase. The polymer make down system(s) need a separate 120 V, 60 Hz, single phase power supply.

H.

Electrical design and installation shall conform to the National Electric Code (NEC) 2014 Edition and City of Dothan Building Code.

I.

The existing belt press, sludge feed pump(s) and polymer feed system(s) shall remain in-service through the entire construction process, unless Owner approves otherwise. Operation of the sludge feed pump(s) and polymer blending unit(s) shall be manual upon startup of the existing belt press. The existing belt press shall be connected to the new system but shall not be included in the calculations or performance testing, no exceptions.

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.2

12-346

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.

Screw press system shall be capable of transporting and dewatering municipal waste activated sludge described herein.

B.

Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of units to make a complete, satisfactory, and operational system.

C.

Contractor shall provide all spare parts as recommended by the equipment manufacturer and acceptable to the Owner. At a minimum, two years worth of spare parts shall be required in accordance with manufacturer’s scheduled maintenance activities for all sludge dewatering screw press system equipment.

D.

Dewatering screw press(s) with components shall be as specified in the Contract Documents, including all incidental work necessary to make it complete, satisfactory and ready for operation.

E.

Polymer blending unit(s) (PBUs) with components shall be as specified in the Contract Documents, including all incidental work necessary to make it complete, satisfactory and ready for operation.

F.

Progressive cavity sludge feed pump(s) with components shall be as specified in the Contract Documents, including all incidental work necessary to make it complete, satisfactory and ready for operation.

G.

For the HUBER Screw Presses, the manufacturer shall assist the Owner in the first maintenance at approximately 8,000 hours. This shall include having a technician on-site and providing the necessary equipment to remove the gear box assembly and motor from units. This shall be performed at no cost to the Owner.

1.3

SUBMITTALS A.

Product data, shop drawings, operation and maintenance manuals and installation instructions shall be submitted in accordance with Specification Section 01300.

B.

Complete manufacturer fabrication/assembly drawings stamped by a registered Professional Engineer.

C.

Complete structural calculations stamped by a registered Professional Engineer.

D.

Documents proving certification of the Manufacturer’s Quality Management System according to ISO 9001 and Environmental Protection Management System according to ISO 14001.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Manufacturer Qualifications: Consideration will be given only to the equipment of Manufacturers who are regularly engaged in such work and thoroughly experienced in the design and manufacture of screw press equipment specifically manufactured for municipal, secondary treated, waste activated sludge. Screw press shall be Manufacturer’s standard

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

product and only be modified as necessary to comply with the Contract Documents. Manufacturer shall meet the requirements below: 1. Have a minimum of 5 years of experience of producing substantially similar equipment, and show evidence of at least 25 installations in satisfactory operation in North America for presses dewatering municipal, secondary, 100% biological, waste activated or aerobically digested sludge. 2. Must have a company-owned service and parts facility within the continental United States. 3. Must have established an ISO 9001 certified quality management system and ISO 14001 certified environmental protection management system. B.

Certifications: The dewatering equipment manufacturer must provide the “Certification of Compliance” (COC) letter with their priced equipment proposal to the general contractor(s) bidding the project. The general contractor must include the dewatering equipment supplier COC in their bid proposal submitted to the OWNER at bid closing. 1. Certification of Compliance: In the initial submittal for the equipment, include a certification of compliance with this specification on the screw press manufacturer’s letterhead (certification by manufacturer’s representatives is not acceptable), worded as follows: a. “[Insert manufacturer’s name] proposes to supply equipment included in Specification 11351 for the Sludge Dewatering Screw Press System. We have examined the specification and have a clear understanding of the requirements insofar as they affect the proposed products. We certify that the products will operate satisfactorily under the conditions described in the specification and that the products meet the requirements of the specification with the exception of the following (if none, print “NONE”): [List exceptions, deviations or changes necessary to accommodate the proposed products. It shall be at the Owner’s sole discretion to accept or reject deviations. If “NONE” is listed, it shall be understood and agreed that the vendor meets or exceeds the specifications hereinafter.] We further certify that the products to be furnished shall meet the performance criteria as required in the specification and as listed in the solicitation response as submitted by [Insert manufacturer’s name] on [Insert date of solicitation response] including: [List performance criteria as required in response to this solicitation]

b.

c.

_______________________ _______________ Authorized Signature & Title Date Provide justification for exceptions, variations, deviations, or changes (such as advancements in technology that benefit the OWNER, changes in design or material sources that have no impact on overall performance of the unit, or changes made necessary due to differing conditions noted in the specification). ENGINEER AND OWNER will determine whether exceptions, deviations, and changes are acceptable. Exceptions, variations, deviations, and changes may result in rejection of submittal and original specified requirements must be met. Acceptance of certification shall not relieve MANUFACTURER of responsibility for adequacy of all equipment.

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

d.

12-346

Submittal of certification shall not relieve MANUFACTURER of requirement to comply with submittal procedure requirements.

C.

All stainless steel components and structures shall be submersed in a chemical bath of nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid (pickling bath) to remove any residues that may be present on the material as a result of forming, manufacture, or handling. After removal from the pickling bath, the equipment must be washed with a high-pressure wash of cold water to remove any remaining surface debris and promote the formation of an oxidized passive layer which is critical to the long life of the stainless steel. No stainless steel components may be fabricated or assembled in a factory where carbon steel products are also fabricated, in order to prevent contamination by rust.

D.

All welding is performed in accordance with American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 Structural Welding Code, or equivalent.

E.

Manufacturer shall provide screw press equipment, polymer system, progressive cavity sludge feed pump equipment, motors, gear reducers, controls, control panels, and lifting attachments as a complete integrated package to ensure proper coordination, compatibility, and operation of the system.

F.

Manufacturer shall provide services by a factory-trained service engineer, specifically trained on the type of equipment specified. Service engineer requirements include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Service engineer shall be present during initial energizing of equipment to determine directional testing as described herein. 2. Service engineer shall inspect and verify location of anchor bolts, placement, leveling, alignment and field erection of equipment, as well as control panel operation and electrical connections. 3. Service engineer shall provide classroom and/or field training on the operation and maintenance of the equipment to operator personnel. 4. Manufacturer shall state field service rates for a service engineer to owner and contractor. In the event that the field service time required by this section should not be sufficient to properly place the equipment into operation, additional time shall be purchased by contractor to correct deficiencies in installation, equipment, or material without additional cost to owner.

G.

Contractor shall guarantee all equipment against faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or installation, defective workmanship or materials, and breakage or other failure. Materials shall be suitable for service conditions.

H.

All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with recognized and acceptable engineering and shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and thicknesses so that repair parts can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service prior to delivery, except as required by testing.

I.

Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer’s name, address and product identification on a nameplate securely affixed to the equipment.

J.

All sludge dewatering screw press system mechanical equipment provided shall have been assembled no sooner than six (6) months prior to the receipt of purchase order.

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.5

12-346

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Equipment shall be shipped and delivered fully assembled, except where partial disassembly is required in order to conform to transportation regulations or for the protection of components.

B.

Contractor shall unload, store, and handle the equipment per the manufacturer’s instructions. Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment replacement costs associated with the improper storage and handling of equipment as determined by the Engineer/Owner.

1.6

ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT A.

1.7

If the proposed equipment does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents as determined by the ENGINEER AND OWNER, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs resulting from deviations or failure to adhere to the Contract Documents. WARRANTY

A.

Warranty against any defects in material or workmanship shall extend for 12 months after startup and OWNER acceptance of the performance testing.

B.

Sludge screw press warranty shall include all parts, labor, and coatings for repairing or replacing equipment and framework that fails during the warranty period. Defects occurring within the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the manufacturer at no cost to the OWNER.

C.

The polymer dosing system shall be covered by a one (1) year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. The mixing chamber shall be warranted for the life of the system against failure for plugging for any reason.

D.

BID ALTERNATE NO. 1-Provide an Extended Mechanical Warranty for all mechanical components of the flocculation tank(s) (when applicable) and dewatering screw press(s). The Extended Mechanical Warranty shall be for ten (10) years after start-up and Owner acceptance. 1. Extended Warranty shall include coverage of: a. Gearboxes, bearings, bushings, spray showers, and any wear items. 2. Extended Mechanical Warranty does not cover: a. Damage or failures due to lack of proper lubrication types, quantities or schedules. b. Motors, field instrumentation, power control, logic control, or any other electronic component. 3. Extended Mechanical Warranty shall include all parts, labor, and coatings for repairing or replacing components to maintain the screw press minimum performance requirements listed in the Contract Documents.

1.8

MAINTENANCE A.

Special Tools: Contractor shall provide standard manufacturer supplied toolbox with all tools needed to assemble and disassemble the screw press.

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 2 - SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS PRODUCTS 2.1

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.

2.2

Screw Press Manufacturer shall be: Huber Technology, Inc. Model ROTAMAT RoS3 Q800; or BDP Industries, Inc. Model DSP 3624 as approved by the Owner. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A.

Sludge to be dewatered shall have the following typical characteristics: 1. Waste activated sludge (pre-thickened with polymer addition) 2. Approximate feed solids concentration: 3-5% 3. Volatile Solids: 65-80% 4. pH: 6-8 5. Chloride: 30-45 mg/L 6. TDS: 300-900 mg/L 7. Phosphate: >50 mg/L 8. Ammonium: >6 mg/L

B.

Screw press equipment performance shall be as required in Specification Sections 18000 and 18500.

C.

The dewatering screw press system shall be capable of dewatering an average throughput of 110 gallons per minute (gpm) (1650 lb/hr) of the specified municipal wastewater sludge to a minimum final solids content of 18% with minimum solids capture rate of 95% while not exceeding a polymer consumption of 20 lbs of active polymer substance per dry ton of sludge. The system shall be capable of dewatering a maximum throughput of 150 gpm (2250 lb/hr).

D.

A minimum quantity of two (2) screw press dewatering units shall be provided for redundancy. A minimum of two (2) screw press dewatering units (of equal capacity) with combined operation shall meet the Guaranteed Performance Criteria throughput as specified in the Contract Documents.

E.

Screw press(s) and sludge feed pump(s) shall be provided with Variable Frequency Controllers (VFDs) to allow for flexibility in operations. VFDs shall be provided by Danfoss or Engineer/Owner approved equal.

F.

All parts of the dewatering screw press(s) shall be designed and appropriate for the service specified and indicated for continuous operation.

G.

Contractor shall provide sufficient room for inspection, maintenance, repair and adjustment. Contractor shall provide hoisting equipment to facilitate installation and maintenance work.

H.

Contractor shall include in the bid all necessary modifications to the building facilities, site plan, piping, electrical, structural, and mechanical layouts to accommodate the equipment proposed. Building facility modifications shall meet Owner’s approval.

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

I.

All parts shall be designed and manufactured to handle the forces that may be exerted on the screw press(s) during fabrication, shipping, erection, and proper operation according to the O&M manual.

J.

All components shall be so arranged that they can be serviced from the operating floor.

K.

All components shall be balanced so that jamming at any point will not result in structural failure, but will cause the drive motor to stall. All components, including the gear reducer, shall be designed to withstand, without damage or permanent distortion, the full stalling torque of the drive motor.

L.

Screw press assembly shall be such that clearances around the entire perimeter of the unit for maintenance work shall be a minimum of 36 inches. This also includes the clearance to the existing belt press that will remain in service.

2.3

MATERIALS A.

Sludge dewatering press equipment shall be manufactured from AISI 304L stainless steel shapes (rods, angles, and channels), pipes, and sheets. In particular, wedge wire basket (when applicable), stainless steel panels (when applicable), housing, screw, shaft, covers; support legs, fasteners and anchor bolts shall be made of this material.

B.

When applicable, brushes for helical screw flights shall be of wear resistant plastic material. The brush is held in place by stainless steel clamps and bolts which can be easily removed.

C.

When applicable, fittings and shower nozzles shall be of Type 304 stainless steel pipe.

D.

Wetted Parts : Stainless Steel, Type 304, unless otherwise indicated.

E.

304L stainless steel base

F.

Other parts : 304L stainless steel.

G.

Miscellaneous hardware, including bolts, nuts, washers, and fastener clips in the wetted area: Type 304 Stainless steel.

2.4

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS A.

Screw press manufacturer shall provide a minimum quantity of two (2) dewatering control panels, PLCs and field instrumentation for the sludge dewatering system, as described in the Contract Documents, to include the progressive cavity sludge feed pump equipment controls and instrumentation (qty. 2), and magnetic-inductive flow meters for sludge feed (qty. 2) controls and instrumentation. The screw press dewatering control panels shall integrate with the polymer dosing system control panels (qty. 2).

B.

The sludge dewatering system shall be fully-automatic and shall include the following, but is not limited to: main control panel (qty. 2), screw press equipment and instrumentation (qty. 2), progressive cavity sludge feed pump equipment, controls and instrumentation (qty. 2); magnetic-inductive flow meters for sludge feed (qty. 2), and polymer dosing system (qty. 2).

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

C.

The control panel shall be provided with a variable frequency controller(s) (VFD) including over-current and over-heat protection.

D.

The Contractor shall provide output dV/dt filters by Danfoss or Engineer/Owner approved equal to reduce voltage rise times due to IGBT switching and smooth the output waveform. These filters shall be located on each drive between the drive output terminals and the cables going to the motors.

E.

The 460 volt main control panels shall be provided in NEMA 4X rated stainless steel enclosures and shall be provided with a sufficient number of externally mounted air conditioners to accommodate heat produced from the VFD drives. The air conditioners shall be easily accessible for maintenance activities and replacement without shutting down the control panel. See Specification Section 16900 for external mounted AC for panels.

F.

Programmable logic controllers and operator interfaces shall be Allen Bradley or Engineer/Owner approved equal.

G.

Screw press manufacturer shall provide a detailed written description of the modes of operation, interlocking and process control requirements for use by the Contractor, sufficient for proper operation of the dewatering system.

H.

The PLCs shall be programmed by the screw press manufacturer. Screw press manufacturer is responsible to direct all programming changes required to meet the system performance standards.

I.

The HMIs shall be programmed by the screw press manufacturer.

J.

The Contractor shall provide wiring between all system components as required. Shielding shall be provided on all wiring as required for protection and as determined by the Engineer and Owner. All wiring shall be labeled with ties and provided as a neat and professional configuration. All below grade and above grade (when applicable) wiring shall be encased in conduit and properly supported.

2.5

FIELD SERVICES A.

Manufacturer shall provide the services of a factory-trained service engineer for two (2) trips, minimum, including a total of eight workdays to inspect the installation, observe start up, and provide performance testing and operator training.

B.

Additional costs for trips resulting from failed tests shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.

PART 3 - POLYMER DOSING SYSTEM PRODUCTS 3.1

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.

Liquid Polymer Blending System Manufacturer: Velocity Dynamics, Inc. VeloDyne Model Veloblend VM-P or Owner approved equal.

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 8

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.2

12-346

PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.

Furnish two (2) polymer blending units (PBUs), self-contained, with progressive cavity pumps (qty. 2), motors and control panels (qty. 2), including all integral piping, valves, fittings, pipe supports, special equipment and appurtenances in accordance with the Contract Documents, including all incidental work necessary to make it complete, satisfactory and ready for operation.

B.

The polymer dilution and feed systems shall be capable of effectively activating and fully blending with water a homogenous polymer solution ranging from 0.1% to 1% concentration of emulsion polymers with active contents up to 75%. 1. Polymer Type: Emulsion 2. Polymer Activity (percent active): 30 to 75 3. Solution Concentration Range: 0.1% to 1% Neat Polymer Flow Range (GPH) 0.25 – 5

Dilution Water Range (GPH) 120 – 1200

C.

A sufficient number of neat polymer metering pump(s) (qty. 2) shall be provided and integrally mounted on the systems skid. The metering pump(s) shall have a range as specified in the table above. Each pump shall be a positive displacement, progressive cavity type constructed of stainless steel and Viton. Provide a calibration column with two full port PVC ball valves having Viton o-rings. The column shall be calibrated for a one minute draw-down and read in GPH and milliliters. The calibration column shall be rigidly mounted to the systems frame with a minimum of two heavy duty stainless steel brackets. Provide a thermal type loss of polymer flow sensor.

D.

Polymer mixing systems shall be provided capable of producing its mixing energy independent of plant water pressure through variable intensity, controllable stainless steel hydro-mechanical mixers. The mixing chambers shall have a translucent front cover.

E.

The BDP dosing system shall be provided with a polymer dosing ring (4 point entry) and polymer mixing valve. The pipe flocculators by HUBER shall be provided and designed for a minimum retention time of 40 seconds at design flow for the polymer and sludge mixture.

F.

Contractor shall evaluate and include in bid sludge piping modifications to take into account: maximum capacity, loading rate, minimum velocity in piping to avoid sedimentation and conditions which do not negatively impact the flocculation process.

3.3

MATERIALS A.

The following material requirements will be strictly adhered to: 1. System skid: 304 stainless steel 2. Hardware: Type 18-8 stainless steel 3. Piping & pipe fittings: schedule 80 PVC 4. Tubing and tube fittings: polyethylene, polypropylene, stainless steel and Viton 5. Water solenoid valve: brass 6. Pressure gauges: stainless steel, liquid filled

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 9

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. B.

3.4

12-346

Pressure switches: NEMA 4, brass connection Flow meter: acrylic, stainless steel, PVC and or polypropylene Water control valve: stainless steel with stainless steel seat Mixing chamber body / flanges: PVC Mixing chamber cover / chamber: clear polycarbonate Impeller: 304 stainless steel Impeller shaft seal: Viton, stainless steel, ceramic, carbon Mixing chamber pressure relief valve: brass, stainless steel or PVC Metering pump wetted parts: stainless steel & Viton Seals: Viton, ceramic, Teflon, and or carbon Control enclosure: FRP.

Each system's frame shall be of rugged 304 stainless steel construction. No mild steel shall be used. All piping shall be rigidly supported. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

A.

Each polymer blending unit shall integrate with each screw press dewatering control panel.

B.

Two (2) control panels integral to the systems frame shall be provided. Each enclosure shall be rated NEMA 4X and constructed of FRP. Each control panel shall consist of all controllers, digital displays, potentiometers, switches, lights, relays, and other control devices required for a complete operable system. Each control panel and all components shall be industrial duty. Each control panel shall be positioned such that there are no obstructions in front of the control panel per related NFPA requirements Control. 1. Power: 120 VAC, 1Ph, 60/50 Hz. 2. A circuit breaker on the main control circuit and on each motor shall be provided as manufactured by Allen Bradley or Owner approved equal.

C.

All wiring shall be labeled with ties and provided as a neat and professional configuration.

3.5

FIELD SERVICES A.

Manufacturer shall provide the services of qualified field service technician to inspect and certify the installation, start-up of the equipment, trouble shoot any problems that may arise and providing complete and thorough training of operator personnel.

PART 4 - PROGRESSIVE CAVITY SLUDGE FEED PUMPS 4.1

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.

4.2

Seepex Series BN or Engineer/Owner approved equal. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A.

Contractor shall provide and install a sufficient number of sludge feed pumps to pump municipal wastewater sludge as described herein to the sludge dewatering equipment. A

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 10

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

minimum quantity of two (2) sludge feed pumps with controls and instrumentation shall be provided for redundancy. B.

Each sludge feed pump shall be heavy-duty, positive displacement, progressive cavity type. Each pump shall be controlled through a variable frequency controller (VFD) which is accepting a pacing signal from the screw press control panel, supplied by the screw press manufacturer.

C.

Pumping units shall be designed for the operation conditions as follows: 1. Thickened municipal wastewater sludge 2. Solids Concentration: 3-5% typical, up to 8% maximum

D.

Each pump shall be provided with the properly sized geared motor in order to continuously drive the pump at any point on the pump operating curve without exceeding the nameplate horsepower. The motor shall be energy efficient, TEFC, Class F insulation (minimum), with a 1.15 service factor. The motor shall be provided with thermostats to avoid overheating of the motor.

E.

The gear reducer shall have at least a 1.5 service factor on the gearing and have an AGMA rating of 1.5 or better.

F.

Each pump shall be furnished with any special tools required to maintain and adjust the equipment. The stator shall be fitted with a sensor sleeve and thermistor sensor. A controller shall also be provided and shall be installed in the MCC. The controller shall monitor the stator temperature and activate a shutdown and alarm sequence if the stator temperature reaches the adjustable limit on the controller. The controller shall include a manual local and remote reset function. Input to the controller shall be 115 VAC/60 Hz.

G.

All pumping units shall be performance tested on water as a complete unit at the manufacturer’s plant before shipment to include head and capacity, horsepower and efficiency. All testing shall conform to the Hydraulic Institute Standards.

4.3

MATERIALS A.

4.4

The following material requirements shall be strictly adhered to: 1. Pump body: thick-walled cast iron 2. Suction/discharge connections: 150 pound ANSI B16.5 flanged connections provided with a 3/8” or larger tap to permit installation of pressure instruments 3. Pump rotor: 316 stainless steel with Duktil Coating with a hardness of 1250 Vickers and minimum thickness of 0.0108”. Rotors shall be replaceable without dismantling the pump suction or discharge flanges. 4. Shaft sealing: Burgmann MG-1 Q1Q1VGG or Packing 5. Painting: Standard factory applied epoxy coating to pump, reducer, motor and baseplate. 6. Stators shall be replaceable without dismantling the pump suction or discharge flanges. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

A.

Instrumentation and controls shall be included in the dewatering control panels.

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 11

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

B. 4.5

12-346

Panels local to each pump shall be provided to include hand-off-auto switches. FIELD SERVICES

A.

Manufacturer shall provide the services of a qualified field service technician to inspect and certify the installation, start-up of the equipment, trouble shoot any problems that may arise and providing complete and thorough training of operator personnel

PART 5 - BID ALTERNATE 2 – CONVEYOR BELT ASSEMBLY 5.1

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.

5.2

PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.

Contractor shall provide and install one (1)-12” diameter x 9 pitch x 32’ (±) long 45 degree incline conveyor with screw, trough, supports, chutes, motor and reducer capable of providing a minimum capacity of 80 cfh to convey municipal wastewater pressed sludge.

B.

Contractor shall provide and install one (1)-12” diameter x 9 pitch x 36’ (±) long horizontal conveyor with screw, trough, supports, chutes, motor and reducer capable of providing a minimum capacity of 80 cfh to convey municipal wastewater pressed sludge.

C.

Contractor shall field verify conveyor assembly dimensions prior to ordering conveyor system.

5.3

MATERIALS A.

5.4

All required supports, chutes, trough, screw, enclosures and hardware shall be provided as Type 304 stainless steel construction. Chutes shall be provided as 12 gage 304 stainless steel construction. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

A. 5.5

Screw press manufacturer shall provide one (1) conveyor belt assembly and all appurtenances for a complete and operable assembly. See Specification Section 14550A.

Instrumentation and controls shall be integrated into the dewatering control panel. FIELD SERVICES Manufacturer shall provide the services of a qualified field service technician to inspect and certify the installation, start-up of the equipment, trouble shoot any problems that may arise and providing complete and thorough training of operator personnel.

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 12

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 6 - EXECUTION 6.1

INSTALLATION A.

The Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field to ensure compliance of equipment dimensions. Contractor shall include in Bid all costs associated with equipment installation including modifications to existing facilities and site to accommodate equipment and provide a fully operable, turnkey system.

B.

The Contractor shall install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and provide all hardware and accessories required for installation.

6.2

EQUIPMENT STARTUP AND TESTING A.

Perform start-up and functional testing for entire dewatering system, with all units operating in AUTO mode. The Contractor shall complete all electrical/instrumentation and loop testing prior to functional performance testing.

B.

Provide Major Certificate of Proper Installation.

C.

Operational Test: 1. Functional/operational tests may be performed in the same trip.

D.

Guaranteed Performance Testing: 1. Performance testing criteria is provided in Specification Section 18000.

E.

Witnessing: All field testing shall be witnessed by the Owner, Equipment Manufacturer and Engineer.

F.

A representative of the screw press manufacturer shall be provided for the following: 1. To inspect the equipment and installation 2. To make any field adjustments to ensure proper equipment operation 3. To furnish affidavit stating that the dewatering system has been tested and is ready for installation as specified. 4. To inspect start-up

G.

Manufacturer shall inspect system before initial start-up and certify that system has been correctly installed and prepared for start-up.

H.

Training: 1. Provide operator training for at least 2 days on-site by factory trained representative. Operator training to include: a. Operations and inspection training. b. Safety instruction. c. Preventative maintenance instruction. d. Calibration and other pertinent services.

END OF SECTION 11351

SLUDGE DEWATERING SCREW PRESS SYSTEM

11351 - 13

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 11700 – FORKLIFT TRUCKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A. 1.3

This section includes a new forklift truck. SUBMITTALS

A.

Submit in accordance with Section 01300.

B.

Product Data: Provide manufacturer’s literature for the forklift truck showing compliance with the specified requirements.

C.

Owner’s Manual: Provide manufacturer’s Owner’s Manual detailing how to operate and maintain the forklift truck.

D.

Maintenance Schedule: Provide manufacturer’s recommended maintenance schedule.

E.

Sample Warranty: Provide sample of manufacturer’s warranty showing compliance with the specified requirements.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

All forklift trucks shall be new with less than 5 hours of runtime. No used forklift trucks will be allowed.

B.

Forklift trucks shall meet American National Standards Institute/Industrial Truck Standards Development Foundation, ANSI/ITSDF B56.1

C.

Forklift trucks shall be UL-Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to fire and electric shock hazard.

D.

Manufacturers: Manufacturers shall be Clark, Caterpillar, or Mitsubishi.

E.

Model No.: The following model numbers are acceptable: 1. 2. 3.

Clark: Model C20, Genesis 2 Series, Diesel Fuel Powered, 4000 lb. Capacity. Caterpillar: 2PD40004-D, Diesel Fuel Powered, 4,000 lb. Capacity. Mitsubishi: FD20N4-D, Diesel Fuel Powered, 4,000 lb. Capacity.

FORKLIFT TRUCK

11700 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

F.

Vendors: 1. 2.

1.5

12-346

Clark: Allift Equipment (ATTN: Craig Miley), 1111 West I-65 Service Road North, Mobile, AL 36618, 251-479-2909. Caterpillar and Mitsubishi: Thompson Tractor Co. (ATTN: Jim Hubbard), 118 Vulcan Way, Dothan, AL 36303, 205-515-0338.

WARRANTY A.

Manufacturer Warranty: 1. 2.

12 months/2,000 hours full coverage. 24 months/4,000 hours powertrain coverage.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

FORKLIFT TRUCK A.

The forklift trucks shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

Lift Capacity: 4,000 lb. Engine: Diesel. Steering: Hydrostatic power steering. Tires: Solid pneumatic. Must be capable of supporting use in warehouse and outside of warehouse on concrete, asphalt, gravel, and dirt surfaces. Must be capable of providing traction on said surfaces. Fork Length: 48”. Mast: Triple mast. Approximately 15’ lift height. Approximately 84” overall mast height lowered. Hydraulic Functions: Lift, tilt, and side shift. Load Backrest: 48” high, removable. Overhead Guard: Manufacturer’s standard. Approximately 83” to top. Seat: Full-suspension w/ seatbelt. Parking Break. Mirrors. Tilt steering column. Cup holder. Working Lights: Minimum 2 forward working lights as well as manufacturer’s premium working light package. Strobe Light: Amber color. Mounted above overhead guard. Fire Extinguisher: Mounted to overhead guard leg. Language Markings: English. Backup Alarm. Monitoring System: Manufacturer’s standard lights, gauges, and/or LCD panel to monitor things such as the following: a. b.

FORKLIFT TRUCK

Speedometer and clock display. Runtime hour meter.

11700 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k.

12-346

Fuel gauge. Engine coolant temperature gauge. Diagnostic warning. Seatbelt reminder. Parking brake warning. Alternator warning. Transmission oil warning. Fluid level warning. Service indicator light.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 11700

FORKLIFT TRUCK

11700 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 11710 – TRUCK SCALES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

1.3

This section includes a new, digital, fully-electronic pit-style truck scale. The scale shall be furnished and installed complete as specified including weighbridge, foundation, platform, pit coping, load cells, indicators, surge voltage protection system, instrument, ticket printer, remote display, approaches, ramps, calibration, testing, and training. SUBMITTALS

A.

Submit in accordance with Section 01300.

B.

Product Data: Provide manufacturer’s literature for all truck scale components showing compliance with the specified requirements.

C.

Shop Drawings: Submit complete foundation and installation drawings including detailed specifications and data covering materials, parts, devices, and accessories forming a part of the equipment furnished. Drawings shall cover all scale components, foundation details, and pier loading information necessary for the design of the scale foundation and installation. Shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer in the state of installation.

D.

Installation Instructions: the scale.

E.

Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit in accordance with Section 01730.

F.

Sample Warranty: Provide sample of manufacturer’s warranty showing compliance with the specified requirements.

1.4

Submit manufacturer’s written instructions regarding installation of

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

The scale and foundation shall be designed, manufactured, provided, and installed by a scale company that has a minimum of 5 years of experience installing similar truck scale systems. Acceptable vendors and manufacturers including the following: 1.

Fairbanks Scales (ATTN: Mr. Steve Hendrix), 5821 Rangeline Rd #202, Theodore, AL 36582, 251-583-5924.

TRUCK SCALES

11710 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

a. 2.

Avery Weigh-Tronix Rice Lake Weighing Systems

The scale system shall conform to the following federal, state, local, and industry standards. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1.5

Fairbanks Scales

G.T. Michelli Company Inc. (ATTN: Mr. Mark Edwards), 2014 Fulton Springs Rd, Alabaster, AL 35007, 205-621-3151 a. b.

B.

12-346

The scale shall have been issued a Certificate of Conformance by the National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP). National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Handbook 44, “Specifications, Tolerance, and Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices.” Applicable state regulations for commercial weighing devices. American Welding Society AWS D1.1, latest edition. Weighbridge structural steel and steel embedments shall conform to ASTM A36. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60.

WARRANTY A.

Manufacturer Warranty: 1.

5 years

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

TRUCK SCALE A.

The scale shall be one of the following models: 1. 2. 3.

Fairbanks Model PTL 2600. Avery Weigh-Tronix Model BMC 7011. Rice Lake Model OTR C.

B.

The scale shall be installed in a closed 4-ft deep pit with 6” thick concrete deck and 3-24” manufacturer standard manholes (1 in each section).

C.

Scale Capacity: The NTEP approved scale shall have a minimum concentrated load capacity (CLC) of 60,000 lbs and overall capacity of 100 tons.

D.

Weighbridge: The platform shall be 70’ long and 11’ wide and be comprised of 6” thick concrete deck poured on-site using 4000 psi compressive strength concrete. The deck is to be lined along the bottom with corrugated steel, a reinforcing mat shall be set into place the length and width of the scale deck, and the deck channel is to have studs welded to the steel to form a composite structure when the concrete is added.

TRUCK SCALES

11710 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

E.

Checking: The scale shall utilize longitudinal and lateral bumper checking. The scale shall be completely self-checking. No check rods or flexure checking plates are to be used. Checking shall be mechanically isolated from the load cell or load cell stands/base plates.

F.

Load Cell and Controller/Junction Box 1.

The scale shall have rocker column load cells. Each rocker column load cell shall have a minimum gross rated capacity of 66,000 lbs. The load cells shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be completely hermetically sealed to prevent moisture from entering the cell. Load cells shall be nitrogen filled to retard internal corrosion. Load cells shall meet the following specifications: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p.

2.

3.

4.

G.

Minimum Capacity: 66,000 lbs. Design: Rocker column. Rated Output (mV/V): 2 ± 0.1% NTEP Accuracy Class: IIIL, 10,000 divisions Combined Error (%RO): ≤ ± 0.02% Temperature Effect on Sensitivity (%/10°C): ≤ ± 0.01 Excitation Voltage: 5 to 15 Volts Zero Balance (%RO): ≤ ± 5% Insulation Resistance (megohms): ≥ 5000 Compensated Temperature Range (°C): -10° to +40° Operating Temperature Range (°C): -40° to +80° Safe Load Limit (% of capacity): 200% Ultimate load (% of capacity): 300% Load Cell Material: Stainless steel Sealing: Hermetically sealed; cable entry sealed by glass to metal header Protection: NEMA 6P/IP69K

The load cell shall be provided with a shielded, 4 conductor cable with a polyurethane jacket. Load cell cabling shall be protected by a stainless steel armor to protect against abrasion or rodent damage. Load cell cables must be hard wired to the load cell. “Quick disconnect” load cell cable connectors on cells or on junction boxes are not accepteable. Load cell output shall be a DC analog signal. Load cells with digital output shall not be acceptable. Each load cell shall be optically isolated via a smart sectional controller. PC boards shall be encapsulated in epoxy or similar materials. A board that is not protected in this fashion is unacceptable. Furthermore, each encapsulated board shall be housed in a type 304 stainless steel enclosure rated NEMA 4X. Access to the encapsulated board with the smart sectional controller enclosure shall be achieved without the use of tools. Bolts, screws, or other hardware shall not be used to seal the smart sectional controller enclosures. The scale shall have self diagnostic capabilities able to identify load cell problems, failure, and predict failure before it occurs to prevent downtime. The diagnostics are to measure load cell counts (not weight) and will be used to determine reliability. Should a load cell fail, the instrumentation shall identify the specific load cell that has failed. All troubleshooting shall be done from within the scale house.

Scale Instrument: The scale instrument must accommodate a digital signal from the truck scale, have load cell diagnosis capability, and contain RS232, RS485, high resolution 20 mA, traffic light interface outputs, optional PLC interfaces, 3 standard USB ports, 4-20 mA output, and 1

TRUCK SCALES

11710 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

RJ45 Ethernet port. The instrument shall be capable of interfacing with the SCADA system. The instrument shall be in a NEMA 12 enclosure. H.

Ticket Printer: Manufacturer’s standard general purpose ticket printer.

I.

Remote Display: Manufacturer’s standard remote display with 5” bright red LED display with gross, net, pound, and kilogram legends. The display shall be capable of pole or wall mounting. It shall be in a NEMA 3 rated enclosure.

J.

Platform and Foundation Requirements 1.

2.

The weighbridge and load cell assemblies shall be supported by a reinforced concrete pier type or full slab foundation as determined and designed by the manufacturer. The dimensions for the scale foundation and platform shall be as recommended by the equipment manufacturer and accepted by the Engineer. Reinforcing steel placement and structural steel embedment placement shall be performed as shown on the manufacturer’s approved foundation drawings. The scale manufacturer shall furnish the following items for construction of the scale platform and pits: a. b. c. d. e.

Weighbridge modules Longitudinal and lateral bumper checking devices Load cells and load cell assemblies Anchor bolts Platform and end wall painted structural steel embedments.

K.

Concrete: Concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 03300.

L.

Anchor Bolts: All anchor bolts, nuts, and washers shall be made of carbon steel or comparable and may be plated.

M.

Power Supply: Unless otherwise specified, the power supply to the equipment will be a dedicated 120 volt, single-phase, 60 Hz connection. Where control voltages lower than the power supply voltage is required, suitable control power transformers shall be furnished.

N.

Surge Voltage Protection: The scale system shall be surge and lightning protected. This protection shall include a surge protection device which plugs into a standard 115 VAC outlet. The load cells shall be optically isolated and surge protected. The scale shall have a dual point ground rod system for the grounding of the weighbridge, power supply, and the sectional controllers. Electrical diagrams of the scale grounding and surge protection shall be supplied with submittals. The surge voltage package shall be provided as a unit and be tested and approved by the scale manufacturer. Surge protection devices or components not designed or tested by the scale manufacturer as a unit are unacceptable.

O.

Approaches: Each end of the scale shall include 11’ wide by 10’ long concrete approaches as designed by the manufacturer.

P.

Ramps: Concrete ramps on each end of the scale, 11’ wide for a maximum distance of 25’ at a maximum longitudinal slope of 4%, to tie back to existing grade.

TRUCK SCALES

11710 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

DEMOLITION A.

3.2

The existing concrete pad, curb, asphalt, etc. that interferes with the scale work shall be demolished and removed from the project site in accordance with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Contractor shall protect all existing structures in the vicinity of the demolition. Contractor shall repair any damaged items as a result of the demolition to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. UTILITY RELOCATION

A. 3.3

The Owner will remove and relocate any existing utilities that interfere with the work. LOCATION AND GRADE OF SCALE

A.

The general location of the scale is shown on the contract plans, which is on the west side of the Sludge Building underneath the conveyor. The load out of the trailer will be accomplished with the truck facing to the south. The contractor shall coordinate with the Owner regarding actual start/stop locations of the load out trucks to determine the optimum location of the scale.

B.

Once the location of the scale is determined, the contractor shall determine the optimum finished grade of the scale taking into consideration the adjacent building and grades. The finished grade should be as low as possible which will reduce the amount of concrete ramps that are necessary.

3.4

INSTALLATION A.

Equipment furnished and installed under this section shall be assembled, erected, and placed in proper operating condition in full conformity with the drawings, specification, engineering data, instructions, and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer unless otherwise noted by the Engineer.

B.

Coordinate with the Owner for location of scale instrument, ticket printer, and remote display.

C.

Concrete shall be placed in accordance with Section 03300.

D.

Anchor bolts shall be set as required by the manufacturer’s shop drawings.

E.

Edge Grinding: Sharp projections of cut or sheared edges of ferrous metals, which are not to be welded, shall be ground as required to ensure paint adherence.

F.

Surface Preparation: All ferrous metal surfaces, except stainless steel or plated steel, shall be blast cleaned in the shop in accordance with the paint manufacturer’s recommendations. All mill scale, rust, and contaminants shall be completely removed before shop primer is applied. The components of each module shall be cleaned to an SSPC-SP6 finish prior to painting.

TRUCK SCALES

11710 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

G.

3.5

12-346

All steel surfaces, except stainless steel or plated steel, shall be coated with a PPG AUE-370 high solids acrylic urethane, a two-component chemically cross-linked commercial coating system. The paint system will be applied per the manufacturer’s written recommendations. FIELD TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE

A.

3.6

An authorized manufacturer’s representative shall provide the required scale certification for capacity and accuracy to the Engineer as required by the applicable state department of weights and measures and any other applicable state, county, or local agency. TRAINING

A.

The manufacturer shall provide an experienced, competent, and authorized representative to train the Owner’s personnel for 8 hours in operating, maintaining, and repairing the equipment specified in this section.

END OF SECTION 11710

TRUCK SCALES

11710 - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 14550A – SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SCOPE A.

Contractor shall furnish, install and place into satisfactory operating condition a shafted screw conveyor enclosed in a trough for conveying and discharging sludge; as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications.

B.

It is the intent of these specifications that all equipment called for under this section shall be supplied by a single manufacturer.

1.2

REFERENCES A.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: 1. Section A322: Carbon and Alloy Steel Bar Specifications. 2. Section A507-10: Standard Specification for Drawing Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip, HotRolled and Cold Rolled

B.

Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) Publications: 1. Standard 9-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. Standard 11-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

C.

American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) Publications

D.

American Welding Society (AWS) Publications

E.

American Structures Painting Council (ASPC) Publications

1.3

SUBMITTALS The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer. In accordance with Section 01300, copies of all materials required to establish compliance with this Section. Submittals shall include the following: A.

Product Data: Include the following: 1. Descriptive literature, brochures, catalogs, cut-sheets and other detailed descriptive material of the equipment. 2. Motor characteristics and performance information. 3. Gear reducer data including service factor, efficiency, torque rating, and materials. 4. Parts list including a list of recommended spare parts.

B.

Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Manufacturer’s installation drawings. 2. Wiring and schematic diagrams.

SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION

14550A - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

C.

Operations and maintenance manual: See Section 01300.

D.

Detailed installation instructions, with clear step-by-step points on the correct mechanical and electrical installation procedures.

E.

Equipment weights and lifting points.

F.

Recommendations for short and long term storage.

G.

A copy of the manufacturer’s warranty

H.

A copy of documents proving certification of the Manufacturer’s Quality Management System according to ISO 9001 and Environmental Protection Management System according to ISO 14001.

I.

Failure to include all drawings applicable to the equipment specified in this section will result in rejection of the entire submittal with no further review.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

To ensure quality, conformance, and reliability with regard to the manufacturing and production of the equipment, the manufacturer shall meet all requirements listed hereafter:

B.

Manufacturer shall have a minimum of twenty (20) years experience producing equipment substantially similar to that required and shall be able to submit documentation of at least fifteen (15) independent installations using the same size or larger equipment as detailed in the below. Each installation must have been in satisfactory operation for at least five (5) years.

C.

The Contract Documents represent the minimum acceptable standards for the conveying equipment for this project. All equipment shall conform fully in every respect to the requirements of the respective parts and sections of the drawings and specifications. The entire unit shall be Manufacturer’s standard product, but shall be modified, redesigned, furnished with special features or accessories, made of materials or provided with finishes as may be necessary to conform to the quality mandated by the technical and performance requirements of the specification.

D.

The entire unit shall be manufactured from AISI 304L stainless steel shapes. All components made of stainless steel shall be passivated by full submergence in a pickling bath for perfect surface finishing. No stainless steel components may be fabricated or assembled in a factory where carbon steel products are also fabricated, in order to prevent contamination by rust.

E.

Electric motors, gear reducers, and other self-contained or enclosed components shall have an acrylic enamel finish.

F.

All stainless steel parts of the unit shall be fully submerged into a pickling bath for at least 8 hours to remove welding spots and to protect the stainless steel against corrosion. Glass bead blast or chemically treated stainless steel shall not be allowed.

G.

Fabrication shall be done in compliance with all applicable ASTM standards or equivalent international standards.

SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION

14550A - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

H.

All welding in the factory shall use shielded arc, inert gas, MIG or TIG method. Filler wire shall be added to all welds to provide for a cross section equal to or greater than the parent metal. Butt welds shall fully penetrate to the interior surface and gas shielding to interior and exterior of the joint shall be provided.

I.

Bolts, nuts and washers shall be selected from AISI 304L or 316L stainless steel such that they are anti-seizing.

J.

Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 9001 certified quality management system. Equipment suppliers not utilizing ISO 9001 facilities shall not be considered or approved for this project. Equipment supplier shall provide evidence of certification before being named as an acceptable manufacturer.

K.

Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 14001 certified environmental protection management system designed to monitor and help minimize the harmful effects on the environment caused by its manufacturing processes. Equipment suppliers not utilizing ISO 14001 facilities shall not be considered or approved for this project. Equipment supplier shall provide evidence of certification before being named as an acceptable manufacturer.

L.

All welding is performed in accordance with American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 Structural Welding Code, or equivalent.

M.

Manufacturer shall provide conveyor, motors, gear reducers, controls, control panels, and lifting attachments as a complete integrated package to ensure proper coordination, compatibility, and operation of the system. The manufacturer shall test-run the fully assembled machine in his factory before shipment.

N.

Manufacturer shall provide services by a factory-trained service engineer, specifically trained on the type of equipment specified. The service engineer requirements include, but are not limited to the following: 1. The service engineer shall be present during initial energizing of equipment to determine directional testing as described in Section 4.03 C (Installation). 2. The service engineer shall inspect and verify location of anchor bolts, placement, leveling, alignment and field erection of equipment, as well as control panel operation and electrical connections. 3. The service engineer shall provide classroom and/or field training on the Operation and Maintenance of the equipment to operator personnel. These instructions may include the use of slides, videos, literature, and/or oral presentations. 4. Manufacturer shall state field service rates for a service engineer to owner and contractor. In the event that the field service time required by this section should not be sufficient to properly place the equipment into operation, and the requirement for additional time is beyond the manufacturer’s responsibility, additional time shall be purchased by contractor to correct deficiencies in installation, equipment, or material without additional cost to owner.

1.5

ENGINEER’S PRE-APPROVAL OF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT A.

Manufacturer of alternate equipment shall submit a pre-approval package to engineer at least two (2) weeks prior to bid date. Alternate manufacturer shall submit the following information and supporting documentation:

SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION

14550A - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.

2.

3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 10. 11. 12.

12-346

A complete set of drawings, specifications, catalog cut sheets, and detailed descriptive material. Drawings shall show all relevant details of the unit. This information shall identify all technical and performance requirements stipulated on the drawings and in the specification. If the proposed equipment does not meet these specifications, any deviation from the specification must be expressly noted. All deviations shall be listed on a single document. Detailed installation drawings illustrating how and where the proposed screw conveyor will be installed. The drawings shall include plan, elevation, and sectional views of the installation. Drawings shall include details of the seal between the screw conveyor and other interconnecting equipment, and details of the anchor bolt locations. Motor characteristics and performance information. Vendor data shall be furnished to confirm the torque and thrust rating of the drive. Complete reference list of all installations of same and similar equipment including contact names and phone numbers, showing at least 15 installations of the same type and size as specified. Complete bill of materials for all equipment, showing dimensions and materials of construction of all components. Certification by the manufacturer that all stainless steel equipment will be manufactured in a stainless steel only factory. Certification that the entire equipment will be passivated by submersion in an acid bath as specified in chapter 2.03. A copy of documents proving certification of the Manufacturer’s Quality Management System according to ISO 9001 and Environmental Protection Management System according to ISO 14001. Details of the control and instrumentation system including wiring diagrams. Information on equipment field erection requirements including total weight of assembled components and weight of each sub assembly. List of recommended spare parts. A maintenance schedule showing the required maintenance, frequency of maintenance, lubricants and other items required at each regular preventative maintenance period, including all buy out items.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.

Alternate Bid No. 2: Rotamat Screw Conveyor Ro 8t/355 from Huber Technology, Inc. or approved equal.

B.

Equipment of all manufacturers must be in accordance with these specifications and plans. Being named as a manufacturer does not eliminate their responsibility of providing equipment in compliance with the following specification section. Any deviations without sufficient evidence proving equal or superior quality shall be rejected without further review or comment.

SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION

14550A - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.2

12-346

PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.

SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN SUMMARY (SEE PLANS) 1. Number 1 2. Min Capacity (each), cuft/hr 210 3. Approximate length, ft 36 Ft. and 32 Ft. (±) 4. Min. flight outside screw diameter, inch 12-3/4" (324 mm) 5. Shaft diameter, inch 4-1/2" (114 mm) 6. Installation angle, maximum Horizontal and 45° Angle 7. Location of drives pushing

B.

The screw conveyor shall be designed to handle the maximum load as specified above.

C.

The screw conveyor shall be capable of processing spherical objects with a diameter of 3-1/8”. Such objects shall be conveyed through the auger and shall be discharged with the sludge.

D.

Operation of the screw conveyor shall be automatically initiated when a call to run signal is received by the screw press control panels. The sludge shall be transported up the screw conveyor and shall be discharged into a dumpster.

E.

To minimize odors and nuisance, the conveyance shall be completely enclosed.

F.

The control system shall be designed such that the operating characteristics of the screw conveyor can be changed via the programmable controller. Systems which do not offer this feature will not be acceptable for this project.

G.

MATERIALS 1. Unless otherwise specified in these specifications, the entire equipment shall be manufactured from AISI 304L austenitic stainless steel shapes (rods, angles, and channels), pipes, and sheets. All mechanical parts shall be designed to handle the forces that may be exerted on the unit during fabrication, shipping, erection, and proper operation according to the O&M manual. 2. The entire equipment shall be manufactured in a stainless steel only factory to prevent contamination of the stainless steel with rusty dust. 3. The equipment, after its fabrication, shall undergo a passivation (pickling) process to ensure maximum resistance to corrosion. All stainless steel components and structures shall be submersed in a chemical bath of nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid to remove any residues that may be present on the material as a result of forming, manufacture, or handling. After removal from the pickling bath, the equipment must be washed with a high-pressure wash of cold water to remove any remaining surface debris and promote the formation of an oxidized passive layer which is critical to the long life of the stainless steel. Submergence insures complete coverage. Spray on chemical treatments and glass bead blasting are specifically not acceptable due to their inability to provide complete and uniform corrosion protection.

SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION

14550A - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.3

12-346

PRODUCT DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS A.

SCREW CONVEYOR 1. The spiral shall have a center shaft. Minimum flight thickness shall be 3/16 inch (5 mm). The spiral flight shall have sufficient stability to prevent distortion and jumping in the trough.

B.

CONVEYOR TROUGH 1. Each conveyor trough shall be U-shaped, fabricated from a minimum thickness of 1/8” (3 mm) AISI 304L stainless steel plate. Each trough shall be equipped with inlet and discharge connections, as indicated on the drawings. The outlet openings in the trough bottom shall be sized to prevent screw conveyor plugging. 2. The entire length of the screw conveyor, with the exception of the filling chute, shall be covered by a bolted cover. Covers shall be manufactured from a material thickness of 5/64” (2 mm) AISI 304L stainless steel plate. The covers shall be manufactured in sections with a maximum of 5 foot lengths to allow for easy access. 3. A wear liner shall be provided for the trough. The wear liner shall be made of a minimum 5/16 inch (8 mm) thick ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene. The wear liners shall be manufactured in sections with a maximum length of 39 inches to allow for easy replacement.

C.

CONVEYOR SUPPORTS 1. Each conveyor shall be furnished complete with supports suitable for mounting as shown on the Drawings and as required by the supplier's design. The supports shall be shop fabricated from structural AISI 304L stainless steel shapes and plates. At a minimum, each screw conveyor trough shall have supports at the drive end and other end of the trough plus intermediate supports at a maximum of 11-1/2 foot intervals. The supports shall be designed to avoid interference with other equipment or equipment supports. The supports shall be designed to prevent excessive vibration of any portion of the conveyor unit under all loading conditions.

D.

CONVEYOR DRIVE 1. The screw conveyor mechanism shall be driven by a shaft mounted gearbox and motor assembly. The gear reducer shall be bolted to a machined flange welded to the upper end of the conveyor trough. 2. The gear reducer shall be driven by a 1,680 rpm, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, 230/460 volt, Class 1, Division 2, continuous-duty motor with a conduit box suitable for outdoor operation. Motor power shall be 3.0hp. 3. Chain drives, belt drives, hydraulic drives or a separate upper bearing for the transport screw will not be acceptable for this project.

E.

OUTDOOR WEATHER PROTECTION (OPTIONAL) 1. The transport trough shall be furnished with electrical heat tracing, and thermal insulation made of foil-backed mineral wool. The heating and insulation system shall be protected with stainless steel protective covers which shall enclose the transport trough. 2. The outdoor weather protection system shall include self-regulating heat tracing, adjustable thermostat, insulation and a stainless steel protective jacket. 3. The heat tracing system shall be suitable for operation down to a minimum temperature of 13 deg F (25 deg C) and shall be powered from the main control panel. 4. Where the wash water supply and electrical wiring conduit penetrate the stainless steel cover bulkhead adapters shall be provided.

SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION

14550A - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

5.

12-346

All components requiring service or maintenance shall be easily accessible.

F.

ANCHOR BOLTS 1. Equipment manufacturer shall furnish all anchor bolts of ample size and strength required to securely anchor each item of equipment. Anchor bolts, hex nuts, and washers shall be stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be wedge or epoxy type. 2. Anchor bolts shall be set by the Contractor. Equipment shall be placed on the foundations, leveled, shimmed, bolted down, and grouted with a non-shrinking grout.

G.

CONTROL SYSTEM 1. All controls necessary for the fully automatic operation of the screw conveyor shall be provided, including a NEMA 4X main control panel, and a NEMA 7 local control station. 2. The electrical control system shall provide for automatic control of the screw conveyor via a start signal from the feed device control system. 3. Main control panel shall be suitable for outdoor, wall-mounting. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4X Stainless Steel with continuous hinge and lockable door latch, and shall include the following: a. Door-interlocked and fused disconnect b. 600 VAC terminal block c. VFD (355 - machine length =>8m) and Circuit Breaker Branch Circuit Protection for screw conveyor motor d. Panel heater with thermostat (OPTION) e. Control power transformer with 120 VAC transient voltage surge compressor (TVSC) and fused primary and secondary f. Programmable logic controller (PLC), Allen Bradley Micrologix 1400 g. Operator Interface (OIU), Allen Bradley Panelview C400 h. Pilot lights for 1) Control power on (white) 2) Screw conveyor running (green) 3) Screw conveyor fault (red) i. E-stop push button (red) j. Screw Conveyor reset push button (black) k. Door mounted elapsed time meters for the following: 1) Screw conveyor drive l. Digital inputs for the following: 1) Machine start 2) One spare input m. Remote dry contact outputs for the following: 1) Screw conveyor running 2) Screw conveyor fault 3) Screw conveyor E-stop 4) One spare output n. Flashing alarm light and alarm horn with silencer-reset button o. Plastic Nameplates 4. A local operator station shall be provided and shall be suitable for outdoor, wallmounting. Enclosure shall be NEMA 7 Stainless Steel with front cover, full window, lockable door latch, and shall include the following: a. Hand-Off-Auto selector switches for the following 1) Screw drive b. Conveyor forward-off-reverse 1) Screw drive

SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION

14550A - 7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

c. 2.4

12-346

E-stop pushbutton (red)

SPARE PARTS A.

The following Spare Parts shall be included and supplied together with the equipment: 1. One (1) Complete trough liner

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT A.

All equipment shall be shipped and delivered fully assembled, except where partial disassembly is required in order to conform to transportation regulations or for the protection of components.

B.

The Contractor shall be responsible for unloading of the machinery and shall have equipment on-site available at the time of delivery permitting proper hoisting of the equipment.

3.2

FIELD PREPARATION AND PAINTING A.

Contractor shall touch up all shipping damage to the paint and stainless steel as soon as the equipment arrives on the job site.

B.

Contractor shall supply paint for field touch up and field painting.

C.

Contractor shall coat all stainless steel bolts and nut threads with a non-seizing compound prior to final assembly.

3.3

INSTALLATION, START-UP AND OPERATOR TRAINING A.

Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field to ensure compliance of equipment dimensions with the drawings. Contractor shall notify engineer of significant deviations.

B.

Installation of the equipment shall be in strict accordance with the contract documents and the manufacturer’s instructions and shop drawings. Manufacturer shall supply anchor bolts for the equipment. Contractors shall install the anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations

C.

Manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory-trained service engineer for one (1) trip including one (1) day to inspect the installation, carry-out the equipment start-up procedures, and provide training to the operators in how to effectively operate and maintain the equipment. 1. Equipment shall not be energized, or “bumped” to check the electrical connection for motor rotation without the service engineer present. 2. The service engineer shall make all necessary adjustments and settings to the controls. In particular, the service engineer shall verify the correct operation of screw conveyor.

END OF SECTION 14550A

SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGH VERSION

14550A - 8

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1.2

Dielectric fittings. Mechanical sleeve seals. Sleeves. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. Concrete bases. Supports and anchorages.

DEFINITIONS A.

Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.

B.

Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

C.

Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D.

Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.

E.

Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

1.3

SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

B.

Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. 2.

Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

C.

12-346

Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A.

Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods.

B.

Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.

2.2

JOINING MATERIALS A.

Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

B.

Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

C.

Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.

D.

Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813.

E.

Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series or BAg1, unless otherwise indicated.

F.

Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12.

G.

Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. 2. 3. 4.

2.3

ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138.

DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A.

Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

B.

Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

C.

Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

D.

Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

E.

Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

F.

Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

2.4

MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A.

Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve.

B.

Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.

C.

Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element.

D.

Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

2.5

SLEEVES A.

Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint.

B.

Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

C.

Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

D.

Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1.

Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.

E.

Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

F.

PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.

G.

Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A.

Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

B.

Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

C.

Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

D.

Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

E.

Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

F.

Install piping to permit valve servicing.

G.

Install piping at indicated slopes.

H.

Install piping free of sags and bends.

I.

Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

J.

Install piping to allow application of insulation.

K.

Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

L.

Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.

M.

Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. 2. 3.

N.

Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1.

Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

O.

Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials.

P.

Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

Q.

Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

3.2

PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A.

Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems.

B.

Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

C.

Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

D.

Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

E.

Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.

F.

Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. 2.

Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

G.

Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.

H.

Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.

I.

Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

5.

Comply with ASTM F 402, for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

6.

12-346

PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix.

J.

Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.

K.

Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212.

L.

PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. 2.

M.

3.3

Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.

Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A.

Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated.

B.

Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.

D.

Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.

3.4

CONCRETE BASES A.

Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7.

3.5

Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A.

Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050 - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

B.

Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.

C.

Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.

END OF SECTION 15050.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

15050 - 7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 15060 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Steel pipe hangers and supports. Trapeze pipe hangers. Fastener systems. Equipment supports.

B.

See Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls" for vibration isolation devices.

C.

See Division 15 Section(s) "Metal Ducts" for duct hangers and supports.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

1.3

Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A.

1.4

Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For the following: 1.

B. 1.5

Steel pipe hangers and supports.

Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.

2.2

12-346

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.

Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types.

B.

Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. Bergen-Power Pipe Supports. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. Empire Industries, Inc. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. Grinnell Corp. GS Metals Corp. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. PHS Industries, Inc. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. Tolco Inc.

C.

Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.

D.

Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.

E.

Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping.

2.3

TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A.

2.4

Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. 2.5

Description: Welded, shop or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural- steel shapes. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A.

Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

B.

Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. 2.

Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A.

Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment.

B.

Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections.

C.

Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish.

D.

Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

E.

Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.

F.

Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

G.

Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2.

H.

Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. Carbon or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2.

I.

Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. Carbon or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.

Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.

Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

8. 9. J.

Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.

Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3.

K.

12-346

Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.

Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3.

Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support.

L.

Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections.

M.

Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections.

3.2

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A.

Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.

B.

Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.

2.

12-346

Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.

C.

Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems.

D.

Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping.

E.

Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories.

F.

Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.

G.

Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

H.

Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.

I.

Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

J.

Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 (for power piping) and ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded.

K.

Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1.

2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7.

Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.1 for power piping and ASME B31.9 for building services piping. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.3

12-346

EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A.

Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor.

B.

Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.

3.4

METAL FABRICATIONS A.

Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports.

B.

Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.

C.

Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.5

Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

ADJUSTING A.

3.6

Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. PAINTING

A.

Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1.

B.

Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.

Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.

END OF SECTION 15060.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

15060 - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 15062 - DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SCOPE The work covered by this section includes furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials required to furnish, install, and test ductile iron piping, including all fittings, wall pipe and sleeves, couplings, toppings, anchor blocks, and accessories, as specified herein and/or shown on the Drawings.

1.2

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer written evidence that the pipe furnished under this specification is in conformance with the material and mechanical requirements specified herein. Certified copies of independent laboratory test results or mill test results from the pipe supplier may be considered evidence of compliance provided such tests are performed in accordance with the appropriate ASTM or AWWA testing standards by experienced, competent personnel. In case of doubt as to the accuracy or adequacy of mill tests, the Engineer may require that the Contractor furnish test reports from an independent testing laboratory on samples of pipe materials.

B.

Each ductile iron pipe length and fitting and cast iron fitting shall be clearly marked with the pressure rating, metal thickness class, heat mark, net weight (excluding lining or coating) and name of manufacturer. In addition, each item of piping shall be marked with an identifying mark corresponding to the appropriate mark on the shop drawings for that particular item of piping.

SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA A.

1.4

Complete shop drawings and engineering data on all piping and accessories shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of the section entitled "Submittals" of these specifications.

STORAGE AND PROTECTION Piping and accessories shall be stored and protected in accordance with the requirements of the section entitled "Storage and Protection" of these specifications.

1.5

SHOP PAINTING Unless otherwise specified herein, all ductile iron pipe and fittings and cast iron fittings shall be cleaned and provided with a bituminous coating and cement lining applied at the factory.

1.6

MARKINGS All ductile iron pipe shall be marked in accordance with AWWA C151. In addition the pipe shall bear blue striping on all four (4) quadrants of the pipe.

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

GENERAL A.

No broken, cracked, deformed, misshapened, imperfectly coated, or otherwise damaged or defective pipe or fittings shall be used. All such material shall be removed from the site of the work.

B.

Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, the minimum pipe wall thickness and thickness class of pipe shall be as follows:

Pipe Size 3-Inch Ductile Iron 4-Inch Ductile Iron 6-Inch Ductile Iron 8-Inch Ductile Iron 10-Inch Ductile Iron 12-Inch Ductile Iron 16-Inch Ductile Iron 18-Inch Ductile Iron 2.2

2.3

Pressure Class 350 350 350 350 350 350 250 250

Metal Wall Thickness In Inches 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.30 0.31

DUCTILE IRON PIPE A.

Ductile iron pipe shall be designed in accordance with ANSI A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe, using 60,000 psi tensile strength, 42,000 psi yield strength, and 10 percent elongation.

B.

Ductile iron pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51, Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds for Water or Other Liquids, and shall be made of ductile iron having a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 42,000 psi and 10% minimum elongation.

CAST IRON AND DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS A.

All fittings shall conform in every respect to ANSI A21.10, 2" through 48", for Water and Other Liquids.

B.

Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, directed or specified, all fittings shall be for pressure rating of 250 psi.

C.

In general, flanged fittings shall be ANSI pattern using long radius elbows where space limitations prohibit the use of same. Design of all fittings, whether long or short pattern, shall be as indicated or dimensioned on the Drawings. Special fittings and cast iron and ductile iron wall pipes and sleeves shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on the Drawings.

D.

All fittings shall be restrained by the use of Megalug Joint Restraints, Restrained Joint Piping each side of the fitting and concrete thrust blocking to meet 250 psi with a safety factor of 1.5.

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.4

12-346

JOINTS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS AND CAST IRON FITTINGS A.

General: 1. 2.

B.

Mechanical Joints: 1. 2.

3.

4. C.

Joints for ductile iron pipe and fittings and cast iron fittings shall be mechanical joints, flanged joints, or push-on joints, as shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, specified or directed, all ductile iron pipe laid underground shall be joined using mechanical joints or push-on type joints.

Mechanical joints shall consist of a bolt joint of the stuffing box type as detailed in ANSI A21.10 and described in ANSI A21.11. Mechanical joints shall be thoroughly bolted in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations with Tee Head Bolts and bolts of high strength, heat treated cast iron containing 0.50 copper or high strength low-alloy steel having a minimum yield point strength of 40,000 pounds per square inch and an ultimate tensile strength of 70,000 pounds per square inch. Gaskets and bolts and nuts shall conform to ANSI A21.11. Gaskets shall be of neoprene or rubber of such quality that they will not be damaged by the liquid or gases with which they will come into contact. Gaskets shall be rated for 250 psi. Glands shall be of high strength cast iron.

Flanged Joints: 1. 2.

3. 4.

5.

Flanged joints shall conform to ANSI B 16.1, Class 125, and in accordance with Table 10.23 of ANSI A21.10. Flanged joints shall be bolted with through stud or tap bolts of required size as directed. Bolts and nuts shall conform in dimensions to the American Standard heavy series. Nuts shall be hexagonal, cold pressed. Bolts and nuts shall be cadmium plated, cold pressed, steel machine bolts, conforming to ASTM A 307, Grade B. Cadmium plating shall be by an approved process and shall be between 0.003- to 0.0005" thick. After each joint has been made, all bolts, heads, and nuts shall be coated with two coats of heavy asphaltum or other approved coating. Gaskets of "Cranite," red rubber, asbestos composition, or other approved quality shall be used in all flanged joints. Gaskets shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B16.21. Flanged ductile iron pipe approximately 12" or less in length shall have flanges cast solidly to the pipe barrel. Flanges on ductile iron pipe longer than 12" may be of the screw type. Pipe threads shall be of such length that the flanges screwed home, the end of the pipe shall project beyond the face line of the flange. Flange and pipe shall then be machined to give a flush finish to the pipe and the flange and surface shall be normal to the axis of the pipe. Ductile iron flanges shall be of such design that the flange neck completely covers the threaded portion of the pipe to protect same against corrosion. Flange faces on cast iron fittings shall be coated with white lead immediately after they have been faced and drilled. All pipe with screw type flanges shall be assembled, faced, and drilled at the point of manufacture, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where tap or stud bolts are required, flanges shall be drilled and tapped accordingly.

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

D.

Push-On Joints 1.

2.

E.

2.6

Push-on joints shall conform to ANSI A21.11. Details of the joint design shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice such as "Fastite," "Bell-Tite," or "Tyton" joints. Gaskets shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.11 and shall be of such quality that they will not be damaged by the liquid or gases with which they will come into contact.

Restrained Joint 1.

2.5

12-346

Restrained joint pipe with Fast-Grip Gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111 and C151. Restrained joint pipe shall be utilized on each side of bends per DIPRA.

PIPE COATING AND LINING A.

All ductile iron pipe and fittings and cast iron fittings buried underground or submerged shall have a standard bituminous outside coating conforming to ANSI A21.6 or A21.51. All exposed ductile iron pipe and ductile iron and cast iron fittings shall have an outside coating of universal primer.

B.

All ductile iron pipe used for water shall have cement mortar lining of standard thickness in accordance with ANSI A21.4.

C.

The interior lining for all ductile iron pipe and fittings used for conveying wastewater shall have a factory applied ceramic epoxy (Protecto 401 or equal) coating with a dry film thickness of 40 mils. The interior lining of all ceramic epoxy coated pipe and fittings shall be tested for pinholes with a non-destructive 2500 volt test. Any defects found shall be repaired prior to shipment.

PIPE COUPLINGS Pipe couplings shall be installed where shown on the Drawings, required for installation, or directed by the Engineer.

2.7

2.8

WALL PIPE AND WALL SLEEVES A.

Contractor shall furnish and install cast iron wall pipe or wall sleeves where ductile iron piping connects with or passes through concrete walls or floors and in locations where small piping and electric wiring and conduits connect with or pass through concrete walls or floors.

B.

Where wall pipes or sleeves are to be installed flush with the wall or slab, the flange or bell shall be tapped for studs. Where the flange or bell will project beyond the wall, the projection shall be sufficient to allow for installation of connecting bolts.

POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A.

Polyethylene encasement for ductile iron pipe when specified in the plans shall be a high density cross-laminated film that meets or exceeds the requirements of AWWA C105.

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.9

12-346

MEGALUG JOINT RESTRAINTS Mechanical joint restraints shall include a restraining mechanism which, when activated, imparts multiple wedging action against the pipe, increasing its resistance as the pressure increases. Flexibility of the joint shall be maintained after burial. Glands shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536. Restraining devices shall be of ductile iron heat treated to a minimum of 370 to 470 BHN. Dimensions of the gland shall be such that it can be used with the standard mechanical joint bell and tee head bolts conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.11 and ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 of latest revision. Twist off nuts shall be used to insure proper actuating of the restrained devices. Megalug joint restraints shall meet or exceed Series 1100. Megalug Joint Restraints shall be installed on all fittings.

2.10

FIELD REPAIR KITS (PROTECTO 401) The Contractor shall have available on-site enough field touch-up and coating repair kits to coat pipes that are cut, etc., when installing ductile iron piping conveying wastewater.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

LAYING A.

Proper and suitable tools and appliances for safe and convenient handling and laying of pipe and fittings shall be used. Great care shall be taken to prevent the pipe coating from being damaged, particularly cement linings on the inside of the pipes and fittings. Any damage shall be remedied as directed by the Engineer.

B.

All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined by the Contractor for defects just before laying and no pipe or fitting shall be laid which is defective. If any defective pipe or fitting is discovered after having been laid, it shall be removed and replaced in a satisfactory manner with a sound pipe or fitting by the Contractor at his own expense.

C.

All pipes and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before they are laid and shall be kept clean until they are used in the completed work. Open ends of pipe shall be kept plugged with a bulkhead during construction.

D.

Pipe laid in trenches shall be laid true to line and grade on a firm and even bearing for its full length at depths and grades as shown on the Drawings. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent floatation of pipelines prior to backfilling. Installation of ductile iron pipe in underground pressure piping systems shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C600. Excavation of trenches and backfilling around pipes shall conform to the requirements of the section entitled "Earthwork" of these specifications.

E.

All ductile iron piping laid underground shall have a minimum of 36" of cover above the top of the pipe unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.

F.

All elbows, tees, branches, crosses, and reducers in pressure piping systems shall be adequately restrained against thrust. Underground pressure piping containing unharnessed push-on or mechanical joints or expansion joints shall be restrained by thrust blocks. Thrust blocks shall

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

consist of Class B concrete conforming to the requirements of the section entitled "Cast-InPlace Concrete" of these specifications and shall be of the size and shape as designed by the Contractor. Polyethylene sheeting shall be placed around fitting to protect bolts and nuts from concrete. The Contractor may use forms or earth walls to mold the thrust blocks. When earth walls are used, they shall be cut true to shape and all excess earth removed. The work shall be conducted so that no loose earth will become mixed with the concrete. At the end of 24 hours, damp earth may be placed over the concrete to retain moisture.

3.2

G.

Megalug Joint Restraint: Mechanical joint restraints shall be incorporated on all fittings in addition to the concrete thrust blocks and restrained joint pipe. Contractor to provide design of joint restraints including calculations for all locations with bends. Design may exclude the use of concrete thrust blocks if a safety factor of 2.0 is achieved by the design.

H.

Wall pipe and wall sleeves shall be accurately located and securely fastened in place before concrete is poured. All wall pipe and wall sleeves shall have wall collars properly located to be in the center of the wall where the respective pipes are to be installed.

I.

Wall pipe and wall sleeves shall be installed when the wall or slab is constructed. Blocking out or breaking of the wall for later insertion shall not be permitted.

J.

Cutting or weakening of structural members to facilitate pipe installation shall not be permitted. All piping shall be installed in place without springing or forcing.

K.

Sufficient couplings and flanged joints shall be provided to facilitate equipment installation and removal.

L.

Exposed ductile iron piping shall be supported as shown on the Drawings and specified in the section entitled "Pipe Supports and Hanger" of these specifications.

M.

Polyethylene encasement shall be installed on ductile iron piping as noted on the plans in accordance with AWWA C105.

CUTTING A.

Whenever pipe requires cutting to fit the lines, the work shall be done in such manner as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. When a piece of pipe is cut to fit into the line, no payment will be made for the portion cut off and not used.

B.

Whenever existing pipe requires cutting to install new fittings, the work shall be done in such manner as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe and special care shall be exercised to guard against breaking or splitting the existing piping.

C.

All cutting of ductile iron pipe shall be done with a cutting saw. All burrs shall be removed from the inside and outside edges of all cut pipe.

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

3.3

12-346

JOINING A.

Mechanical Joints: 1.

2.

3.

4.

B.

Flanged Joints: 1.

2.

3.

C.

The successful operation of the mechanical joint specified requires that the spigot be centrally located in the bell and that adequate anchorage shall be provided where abrupt changes in direction and dead ends occur. The surfaces with which the rubber gasket comes in contact shall be brushed thoroughly with a wire brush just prior to assembly to remove all loose rust or foreign material which may be present and to provide clean surfaces which shall be brushed with a liberal amount of soapy water or other approved lubricant just prior to slipping the gasket over the spigot end and into the bell. Lubricant shall be brushed over the gasket prior to installation to remove loose dirt and lubricate the gasket as it is forced into its retaining space. Joint bolts shall be tightened by the use of approved wrenches and to a tension recommended by the pipe manufacturer. When tightening bolts, it is essential that the gland be brought up toward the pipe flange evenly, maintaining approximately the same distance between the gland and the face of the flange at all points around the socket. This may be done by partially tightening the bottom bolt first, then the top bolt, next the bolts at either side and last, the remaining bolts. This cycle shall be repeated until all bolts re within the range of acceptable torques. If effective sealing is not attained at the maximum torque indicated above, the joint shall be disassembled and reassembled after thorough cleaning. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation shall not be permitted. After installation, bolts and nuts in buried or submerged piping shall be given two (2) heavy coats of a bituminous paint.

All flanges shall be true and perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. Flanges shall be cleaned of all burrs, deformations, or other imperfections before joining. Flanged joints shall be installed so as to ensure uniform gasket compression. All bolting shall be pulled up to the specified torque by crossover sequence. Where screwed flanges are used, the finished pipe edge shall not extend beyond the face of the flange, and the flange neck shall completely cover the threaded portion of the pipe. Connections to equipment shall be made in such a way that no strain is placed on the equipment flanges. Connecting flanges must be in proper position and alignment and no external force may be used to bring them together properly. After installation, bolts and nuts in buried or submerged piping shall be given two (2) heavy coats of a bituminous paint.

Push-On Joints: 1.

The inside of the bell and the outside of the pipe from the plain end to the guide stripe must be wiped clean immediately before assembling the pipe joint. Then the rubber gasket shall be inserted into a groove or shaped recess in the bell. Both the bell and spigot ends to be jointed shall be wiped again to ensure they are thoroughly clean. A liberal coating of special lubricant furnished by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the outside of the pipe from the plain end to the yellow guide stripe and to the inside

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-7

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.

D.

2.

3.4

of the gasket. The plain end shall be centered in the bell and the spigot pushed home. Wherever possible the pipe shall be socketed by hand; however, jacking may be required to push the spigot in place on the larger sizes of pipe. The completed joint shall be permanently sealed and watertight. Whenever the pipe is cut in the field, the cut end shall be conditioned so it can be used in making up a joint by filing or grinding the cut end to remove burrs or sharp edges that might damage the gasket.

Permissible Deflection of Joints: 1.

E.

12-346

Deflection of ductile iron pipe at joints for long radius curves or for avoiding obstacles shall be permitted only upon approval of the Engineer. Where deflection of joints is permitted, such deflection shall be made in accordance with and shall not exceed limits provided in Section 9b.5 and Section 9c.4 as applicable, of the AWWA C600.

Joints of Dissimilar Metals: When a flanged joint consists of a ductile iron flange mated to a steel or alloy flange, the steel flanges shall be flat faced and furnished with full-faced gaskets, insulating bushings, and stainless steel bolts.

HYDROSTATIC TESTS A.

Pressure During Test: After the pipe has been laid and partially backfilled as specified, all newly laid pipe, or any valved section of it, shall, unless otherwise specified, be subjected to hydrostatic pressure of 150% of the working pressure not to exceed maximum pressure ratings of pipe. Test pressure shall not vary by more than plus or minus 5 psi. Test pressures shall not be less than 150 psi. The Contractor shall furnish and connect a pressure recorder such that the pressure can be recorded for each test. The recorder shall be capable of recording up to 300 psi of pressure on a 24-hour calibrated chart. The original chart recording shall be turned into the Engineer and shall included the date of test, time of test and line segment tested.

B.

Duration of Pressure Test: The duration of each pressure test for exposed pipe and fittings shall be at least 2 hours or until the line has been completely inspected for visible leaks. The duration of each pressure test for partially backfilled pipelines shall be at least six (6) hours in duration.

C.

Procedure: Each section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the lowest point of elevation, shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. The pump, pipe connection, gauges and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor.

D.

Expelling Air Before Test: Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at joints or highest elevation, and afterwards tightly plugged.

E.

Permissible Leakage: Suitable means shall be provided by the Contractor for determining the quantity of water lost by leakage. No pipe installation will be accepted until or unless this leakage (evaluated on a pressure basis of 150 psi) is less than 10 U. S. Gallons per 24 hours

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-8

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

per mile of pipe per inch nominal diameter. All visible leaks are to be repaired regardless of quantity. All mains shall be pressure tested between valved segments. F.

Variation from Permissible Leakage: Should any test of combined sections of pipe laid disclosed leakage per mile of pipe greater than that specified, or if individual sections show leakage greater then the specified limit, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, locate and repair the defective joints until the leakage is within the specified allowance.

G.

Leakage Defined: Leakage is defined as the quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section of it, necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled.

H.

Time for Making Test: Pipe may be subjected to hydrostatic pressure, inspected, and tested for leakage at any convenient time after the lines are installed and when weather and site conditions are such that an adequate observation of the test can be made. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Owner at least 24 hours before testing is scheduled. Testing is to be witnessed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall pressure test and chlorinate sections of pipe as they are completed. The Engineer reserves the right to require pressure tests and chlorination at any stage of construction. Failure of the Contractor to satisfactorily complete these tests as requested by the Engineer shall be grounds for stopping these phases of construction until the testing is completed.

3.5

FIELD PAINTING After installation and testing, all exposed piping shall be field primed and painted in accordance with the requirements of the section entitled "General Materials Stipulations" of these specifications.

END OF SECTION 15062.

DUCTILE IRON PIPING AND DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON FITTINGS

15062-9

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 15100 - VALVES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

DESCRIPTION A.

This section contains general information required to furnish and install valves and related components.

B.

Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 15062 - Ductile Iron Piping & Ductile Iron & Cast Iron Fittings

1.2

SUBMITTALS A.

1.3

Submit product data sheets showing materials, operating characteristics, construction, and dimensions on all proposed valves and associated components in accordance with Section 01300. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

The supplier of all valves and accessories furnished under this section shall be responsible for all coordination between valves and actuators and other accessories to provide properly operating valves.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

GATE VALVES A.

Resilient Seat: Resilient seat gate valves shall be single solid wedge disc type with the disc fully encapsulated with a resilient rubber seat. The stem nut shall be integrally cast and the stem shall ride on an antifriction washer. The inside of the valve shall be fusion bonded epoxy coated complying with AWWA C550 and applied prior to assembly. The valve shall be certified to provide zero leakage at 200 psi. Valve shall meet AWWA Specification C-509 or C-515. 1. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, valves shall have mechanical joint bell connections.

B.

Gate Valves 2" and Smaller: 1. Valves shall be all brass or bronze construction, screwed type, with union bonnet, rising stem, suitable for 150 pounds working pressure. Valves shall be Nibco 135 or equal.

2.2

VALVE BOXES A.

VALVES

Cast iron valve boxes shall be provided on all buried valves and shall consist of a base covering the operating nut and valve head, an adjustable vertical shaft at least 5-1/4 inches in diameter and a top section extending to a point even with the finished ground surface, provided with a cast iron cover placed concentrically over the operating nut.

15100 - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.3

12-346

SWING DISC TYPE CHECK VALVES A.

2.4

Swing disc type check valves shall meet AWWA Specification C-508 and shall be a full clear port design of flanged or mechanical joint construction as indicated. The valve shall be iron-body with bronze disc ring and seat ring, fully bronze mounted stainless steel hinge pin, spring loaded outside lever, for 150 psi working pressure. The disc shall be revolving to equalize wear and shall be designed so that the disc cannot hang or stick in the open position on reversal of flow. The convertible spring loaded external lever arm shall be adjusted to prevent shock when flow is stopped. The design shall allow for removal of parts from the top of the valve. PRESSURE GAGES

A.

2.5

Pressure gages shall be a 4½ inch industrial grade gage, temperature compensated with a 1% full scale accuracy. The tube shall be constructed of phosphor bronze and the socket shall be brass. Connection shall be made by ¼-inch NPT male fitting. The gage shall have a 0-200 psi range with scales for 1-200 psi unless otherwise indicated. A snubber shall be furnished to provide steady state pressure readings and a brass and/or stainless steel ball valve shall be installed at the mainline connection. SILENT TYPE CHECK VALVES

A.

2.6

The silent type check valves shall be a single disc type with a semi-steel body, bronze trim and a stainless steel spring. The flow area shall be approximately 10 percent greater than the pipe size. The valve shall be designed to open at 1/4 to ½ PSI and close completely while there is still a positive head on the discharge side at approximately ½ PSI. The valve shall be as manufactured by APCO (600 Series), Val-Matic or approved equal. RUBBER SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR BURIED SERVICE:

A.

General: Butterfly valves shall have one piece, ductile iron bodies and shall be mechanical joint unless shown otherwise on drawings.

B.

Valve Bodies and Joints: Valve bodies shall be constructed of ductile iron and shall have integrally cast mechanical joint ends.

C.

Valve Discs: The disc seating edge shall be full radius polished for proper seating with the valve seat. The disc shall be ductile iron and shall be securely attached to the valve stem in such a way that it is easily field removable. The disc stems shall be 316 SS and shall have seals to prevent leakage. O-ring seals are not acceptable.

D.

Valve Shafts: Shafts of all valves shall be turned, ground and polished. Valve shafts shall be constructed of Type 304 stainless steel. Shaft diameters must meet torsional requirements established by AWWA Standard C504-74.

E.

Valve Seats: The seat shall be constructed either by bonding a resilient elastomer inside a rigid plastic backing ring which is slip-fitted in the valve body or molded in and vulcanized to the body. Seat shall be field replaceable without disassembly of the disc and shaft. The seat shall be Buna-N.

F.

Valve Stem Extension and Nut Operator: All valves are to be mounted with the stem in the horizontal position. Weatherproof gear operators are to be supplied on all valves. Gear operators are to be directly mounted to valve neck and supplied with operating nut at ground level.

VALVES

15100 - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

G.

Painting: All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting. The valve interior and exterior surfaces, except for the seats, shall be coated with 10 mil epoxy. A rubber lining vulcanized to the body is also acceptable.

H.

Testing: Each valve and actuator shall be assembled, adjusted, and tested as an unit by the valve manufacturer. Valves with actuators mounted outside of the valve manufacturing facility are not acceptable. Shop leakage tests shall be performed at the factory and follow the requirements of AWWA C504 except that the test pressure shall be 225 psi.

I.

Manufacturer: Valves shall be DeZurik, Pratt or equal.

2.7

BUTTERFLY VALVES (ABOVE GROUND) A.

General: Butterfly valves shall have one piece, ductile iron bodies and shall be flanged configuration. Flanged valves shall be drilled to match standard 125 pound ANSI flange belts. All valves shall be capable of withstanding bi-directional line hydrostatic pressure of 225 psi without leaking.

B.

Valve Seats: The seat shall be constructed either by bonding a resilient elastomer inside a rigid plastic backing ring which is slip-fitted in the valve body or molded in and vulcanized to the body. Seat shall be field replaceable without disassembly of the disc and shaft. The seat shall be Buna-N.

C.

Valve Discs: The disc seating edge shall be full radius polished for proper seating with the valve seat. The disc shall be ductile iron or 316SS and shall be securely attached to the valve stem in such a way that it is easily field removable. The disc stems shall be 316 SS and shall have seals to prevent leakage. O-ring seals are not acceptable.

D.

Valve Actuator: All valves shall be equipped with a gear actuator and handwheel. All gearing shall be enclosed suitable for running in oil with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. 1. All actuators shall clearly indicate valve position and shall be provided with an adjustable stop.

E.

Painting: All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting. The valve interior and exterior surfaces, except for the seats, shall be coated with 10 mil epoxy. A rubber lining vulcanized to the body is also acceptable.

F.

Testing: Each valve and actuator shall be assembled, adjusted, and tested as an unit by the valve manufacturer. Valves with actuators mounted outside of the valve manufacturing facility are not acceptable. Shop leakage tests shall be performed at the factory and follow the requirements of AWWA C504 except that the test pressure shall be 225 psi.

G.

Valves shall be Demco, DeZurik, Pratt or equal.

2.8

BALL VALVES (1/4" to 3") A.

VALVES

Metal ball valves shall have a two piece brass body, with stainless steel ball and trim TFE bearing and packing, TFE teflon seats, zinc die cast handle with nickel finish and brass handle nut. Valves shall be similar to Niles James Bury Series 300.

15100 - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

B.

2.9

12-346

PVC ball valves shall be two piece body construction of Type I PVC with CPVC ball and stem, Teflon seats and viton stem seal. KNIFE GATE VALVES

A.

Knife gate valves shall be full bore (according to Schedule 40 pipes) directional, lug style, drilled and tapped to ANSI 125 pound standard and rated for 150 psig working pressure.

B.

The body shall be cast iron with 316 stainless steel gate seat retaining ring and packing gland. Packing shall be asbestos free braided packing. The floating stem nut shall be corrosion resistant low friction nickel-bronze. The resilient valve seat shall be EPDM.

C.

The valve shall be of a non-rising stem configuration handwheel operated with a stainless steel stem fully supported at top and bottom. The bottom bushing shall be bronze and the top shall have a greasable needle thrust bearing. The stem assembly shall be rigidly supported by four steel support bars or other equally rigid support system.

D.

The gate shall have rounded edges and pointed bottom edge riding on and across a replaceable resilient seat. The resilient seat shall be held in place with a stainless steel ring designed so that the valve can be easily repaired in the field.

E.

All knife gate valves shall be DEMCO or equal.

2.10 A.

2.11 A.

2.12 A.

VALVES

TAPPING SADDLES FOR AIR RELEASE VALVES Saddles shall be specifically sized for the O.D. of the pipe on which it is to be installed and shall be rated at a minimum of 250 psig. The body shall be equipped with a Buna-N rubber “O” ring gasket to produce a water tight seal. The saddle body shall be constructed of AWWA brass ASTM B62 with stainless steel accessories and straps. Saddles for PVC pipe shall be double-strap or double wide-strap design. WATER AIR RELEASE VALVES Water air release valves shall be designed for releasing entrained air in water in lines under pressure. Direct acting valves may be used for pressure below 20 psi and compound lever valves shall be used on all valves when pressures exceed 20 psi. The valve body shall be cast iron and the float shall be stainless steel. Seats shall be BUNA-N and linkage for compound levers shall be bronze or delrin. All other internal parts shall be stainless steel or bronze. All valves shall be mounted with a gate valve to permit easy servicing. Water air release valves shall be as manufactured by APCO, Crispen, Val-Matic or GA.

PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE MANHOLES FOR VALVES Precast reinforced concrete manhole sections shall conform to ASTM Specifications C-478. All joints for precast sections shall be approved by the Engineer. 1. Manhole frame and cover shall be cast iron conforming to ASTM A48 for Class 30 gray iron castings and shall not weigh less than 310 pounds, total. Frame and cover to be Vulcan Foundary No. VM-3MOD, Neenob Foundary No. R-1708 or U.S. Foundary No. 360-F.

15100 - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

2.13 A.

12-346

WATER SINGLE BODY COMBINATION AIR RELEASE AND AIR/VACUUM VALVE Single body combination air vacuum air release valves shall be single body double orifice valves. The large orifice shall shut off without any spilling. The small orifice shall be ported through the large orifice and will open and close by single lever action whenever small amounts of air collect under pressure. The valve shall be cast iron or ductile iron construction with all stainless float and linkage, delrin or cast iron lever and frame and Buna-N seats. The valve shall be similar and equal to APCO 140C Series.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION OF VALVES A.

Valves shall be located and oriented as shown on the plans.

B.

The Contractor shall perform all work as required by the manufacturer's installation instructions unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

C.

All shafts, columns, and equipment shall be installed in such a manner that will provide a neat and workmanlike job.

D.

All valves shall be properly supported.

E.

All valves shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to installation.

F.

Exposed valves shall be painted in accordance with Section 09900 Painting.

G.

Butterfly valves mounted adjacent to check valves, tees or other possible obstructions shall be equipped with spool pieces of at least one pipe diameter unless otherwise shown.

3.2

SETTING VALVES, VALVE BOXES, FITTINGS, AND BLOW OFFS A.

Examination of Material: Prior to installation, valves shall be inspected for direction of opening, freedom of operation, tightness of pressure-containing bolting, cleanliness of valve ports and surfaces, handling damage and cracks.

B.

General: Gate valves shall be set and jointed to new pipe in the manner specified for cleaning, laying, and jointing pipe.

C.

Valve Boxes: Cast iron valve boxes shall be firmly supported and maintained centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the gate valve, with box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed. Unless otherwise directed, valve boxes set in unpaved areas shall be equipped with a 2 foot by 2 foot by 6 inch poured in place concrete slab reinforced with 6 x 6 x w1.4/w1.4 wwm. The top of slab shall be flush with finished grade and base shall be placed on a well compacted subgrade.

D.

Back Siphonage to be Prevented: Drainage branches or blow offs shall not be connected to any sewer or submerged in any stream or be installed in any other manner that will permit back siphonage into the distribution system.

VALVES

15100 - 5

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

END OF SECTION 15100.

VALVES

15100 - 6

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

SECTION 15173EM - ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER, LIQUID, SINGLE-CHANNEL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

SCOPE A.

This section describes the requirements for a flow sensor for a Badger M-2000 Electromagnetic Flow Meter or approved equal.

B.

Under this item, the Contractor shall furnish and install the flow measurement equipment and accessories as indicated on the plans and as herein specified.

1.2

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

1.3

Referenced Standards and Guidelines - Complies with applicable portions of ANSI/AWWA Standards and NSF/ANSI Standard 61, Annex G. 1. Flow measurement function complies with Industry Standards. a. ANSI B16.5 Class 150 RF b. NEMA 4X/6P (IP66/IP67) c. CSA

SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

The following information shall be included in the submittal for this section: 1. Outline dimensions, conduit entry locations and weight. 2. Customer connection and power wiring diagrams. 3. Data sheets and catalog literature for microprocessor-based transmitter and transducer. 4. Interconnection drawings. 5. Installation and operations manual. 6. List of spare parts. 7. Complete technical product description including a complete list of options provided. 8. Any portions of this specification not met must be clearly indicated or the Supplier and Contractor shall be liable to provide all additional components required to meet this specification.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.

Electromagnetic flow meter is intended for fluid metering in industries including water, wastewater, food and beverage, pharmaceutical and chemical. Measures fluid flow of water or fluids which are highly corrosive, very viscous, contain a moderate amount of solids, or require special handling. No moving parts are in the flow stream. Amplifier can be integrally mounted to the detector or can be remote-mounted. Unit is ideally suited for measuring dynamic, non-continuous flow. In applications where a minimum and/or maximum flow rate must be tracked and monitored, the unit provides pulse signals that can be fed to dedicated batch controllers, PLCs and other more specialized instrumentation.

ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER, LIQUID, SINGLE-CHANNEL

15173EM - 1

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

1.5

12-346

DEFINITIONS A.

Amplifier: Device used for increasing the power of a signal. It does this by taking energy from a power supply and controlling the output to match the input signal shape but with larger amplitude.

B.

ANSI (American National Standards Institute): A private non-profit organization that oversees the development of voluntary consensus standards for products, services, processes, systems, and personnel in the United States. The organization also coordinates U.S. standards with international standards so that American products can be used worldwide.

C.

Detector Coils: Also called an “induction loop,” an electromagnetic communication or detection system which uses a moving magnet to induce an electrical current in a nearby wire.

D.

Electrode: An electrical conductor used to make contact with a nonmetallic part of a circuit (e.g. a semiconductor, an electrolyte or a vacuum).

E.

Modbus RTU: A serial communications protocol published by Modicon (now Schneider Electric) in 1979 for use with its programmable logic controllers (PLCs). This is used in serial communication and makes use of a compact, binary representation of the data for protocol communication.

F.

NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association): Is the “Association of Electrical Equipment and Medical Imaging Manufacturers” in the United States. Its approximately 450 member companies manufacture products used in the generation, transmission, distribution, control, and end use of electricity. These products are used in utility, industrial, commercial, institutional, and residential applications.

G.

A United States government agency that supports NSF (National Science Foundation): fundamental research and education in all the non-medical fields of science and engineering.

H.

PLCs (Programmable Logic Controller): A digital computer used for automation of electromechanical processes, such as control of machinery on factory assembly lines, amusement rides, or light fixtures. PLCs are used in many industries and machines.

I.

PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene): A synthetic fluoropolymer of tetrafluoroethylene that finds numerous applications. The best know brand name of PTFE is Teflon by DuPont Co.

J.

Serial Communications: In telecommunication and computer science, serial communication is the process of sending data one bit at a time, sequentially, over a communication channel or computer bus. This is in contrast to parallel communication, where several bits are sent as a whole, on a link with several parallel channels.

ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER, LIQUID, SINGLE-CHANNEL

15173EM - 2

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A.

2.2

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with specifications, provide flow measurement equipment by one of the following: 1. Badger Meter

OPERATING CONDITIONS A.

System Components: 1. Metering Tube (Detector) a. Consists of stainless steel tube lined with a non-conductive material. Energized detector coils around tube create a magnetic field across the diameter of the pipe. As a conductive fluid flows through the magnetic field, a voltage is induced across two electrodes; this voltage is proportional to the average flow velocity of the fluid. 2. Signal Amplifier: a. Consists of unit which receives, amplifies, and processes the detector’s analog signal. Signal is converted to both analog and digital signals that are used to display rate of flow and totalization. Processor controls zero-flow stability, analog and frequency outputs, serial communications and a variety of other parameters. Integrated LCD display indicates rate of flow, forward and reverse totalizers and diagnostic messages. Display guides user through programmable routines.

B.

Operational Requirements: 1. Electromagnetic Flow Meter: a. The flow meter system shall operate with a pulsed DC excitation frequency, and shall produce a signal output that is directly proportional and linear with the volumetric flow rate of the liquid flowing through the metering tube. The metering system shall include a metering sensor tube (detector), a signal amplifier, and the necessary connecting wiring. The metering system shall have the ability to incorporate a meter mounted or remote mounted amplifier. b. Engineering Units: 1) The signal amplifier shall be program selectable to display the following units of measure: Gallons Per Minute. c. Operating Principle: Electromagnetic Induction. d. Metering Tube (Detector): 1) The metering tube (detector) shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel, and rated for a maximum allowable non-shock pressure and temperature for steel pipe flanges, according to ANSI B16.5. 2) The metering tube (detector) shall be available in line size from 1/4" [6 mm] to 54" [1400 mm]. 3) The metering tube (detector) end connections shall be carbon steel or 316 stainless steel flanged, according to ANSI B16, Class 150. 4) The insulating liner material of the metering tube (detector) shall be made of a hard rubber elastomer and NSF-listed for meter sizes 4" and above, in

ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER, LIQUID, SINGLE-CHANNEL

15173EM - 3

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

e.

12-346

conformance with manufacturer’s recommendation for the intended service or an NSF-listed meter option with PTFE liner. 5) The metering tube (detector) shall include two self-cleaning measuring electrodes. The electrode material shall be corrosion resistant and available in Alloy C or 316 stainless steel. 6) The metering tube (detector) shall include a third “empty pipe detection” electrode located in the upper portion of the inside diameter of the flow tube in order to detect an empty pipe condition when the flow tube is running partially empty. Empty pipe detection that is not activated until the pipe is 50% empty is not acceptable. 7) The metering tube (detector) housing shall be constructed of carbon steel, welded at all joints, and rated to meet NEMA 4X/6P (IP66/IP67) ratings. 8) For remote amplifier applications, the metering tube (detector) junction box enclosure shall be constructed of cast aluminum (powder-coated paint) and shall meet NEMA 4X/6P (IP66/IP67) ratings. 9) When installed in non-metallic or internally lined piping, the metering tube (detector) shall be provided with a pair of corrosion resistant grounding rings. The grounding ring material shall be 316 stainless steel. 10) Fluid Temperature Range: For meter-mounted amplifier applications, the fluid temperature range shall be 32EF to 178EF (0EC to 80EC) at a maximum ambient temperature of 122EF (50EC) for the hard rubber liner material. Signal Amplifier: 1) The signal amplifier shall be microprocessor based, and shall energize the detector coils with a digitally controlled pulsed DC. The excitation frequency shall be program selectable for the following: 1Hz, 3.75Hz, 7.5Hz, or 15Hz (factory optimized to pipe size and application). 2) The signal amplifier electrical power requirement shall be 85-265VAC, 4565Hz. The power consumption shall not exceed 15W. 3) The signal amplifier shall have an ambient temperature rating of -4EF to 140EF [-20EC to 60EC]. 4) The signal amplifier shall include non-volatile memory capable of storing all programmable data and accumulated totalizer values in the event of a power interruption. 5) Automatic zero stability, low flow cut-off, empty pipe detection and bidirectional flow measurement shall be inherent capabilities of the signal amplifier. 6) All signal amplifier outputs shall be galvanically isolated to 250 volts. 7) The signal amplifier and remote junction enclosures shall be constructed of cast aluminum (powder-coated paint) and shall meet NEMA 4X/6P (IP66/IP67) ratings. 8) Outputs: The signal amplifier shall provide a total of four digital outputs, one analog output and one digital input. a) Up to four open collector digital outputs, program selectable from the following: Forward pulse, reverse pulse, AMR pulse, flow set point, empty pipe alarm, flow direction, reset output, error alarm and 24V supply. b) Up to two active digital (24 Volt) outputs, program selectable from the following: Forward pulse, reverse pulse, AMR pulse, flow set point, empty pipe alarm, flow direction, preset output, error alarm and 24V supply.

ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER, LIQUID, SINGLE-CHANNEL

15173EM - 4

SLUDGE DEWATERING FACILITY UPGRADE LITTLE CHOCTAWHATCHEE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY

12-346

c)

f.

g.

h.

Up to two AC solid-state relay outputs, program selectable from the following: Frequency output, flow set point, empty pipe alarm, flow direction, preset amount and error alarm. d) One digital input, program selectable from the following: Remote reset, batch reset and positive return to zero. e) Advanced protocol support using Modbus/RTU. f) One analog output programmable and scalable from the following: 010mA, 0-20mA, 2-10mA or 4-20mA. Voltage sourced and isolated. Max. loop resistance = 800 ohms. Control and Programming: 1) The signal amplifier shall be programmed via three function buttons. The programming functions shall be available in a user-friendly, menu driven software through the four-line LCD interface. The signal amplifier shall accommodate the following languages: English, German, Czech, French or Spanish. 2) Programmable parameters of the amplifier include, but are not limited to: Calibration factors, totalizer resets, unit of measure, analog and pulse output scaling, flow-alarm functions, language selection, low-flow cutoff, noise dampening factor and excitation frequency selection. 3) The signal amplifier shall have a programming option allowing entry of a selected numeric password value for tamper protection. System Performance: 1) The metering system shall operate over a flow range of 0.10 to 39.4 ft/s [0.03 to 12.0 m/s]. 2) The metering system shall perform to an accuracy ±0.25 percent of rate for velocities greater than 1.64 ft/s [0.50 m/s], ±0.004 ft/s [±1 mm/s] for velocities less than 1.64 ft/s [0.50 m/s]. 3) The metering system shall be capable of measuring the volumetric flow rate of liquids having an electrical conductivity as low as 5.0 micromhos per centimeter. 4) The system measuring repeatability shall be